UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[X] |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 |
OR |
|
[ ] |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO : |
Commission File Number 1-14667 |
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Washington | 91-1653725 | |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
or Organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
|
1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington |
|
98101 |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 461-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
|
Name of each exchange
on which registered |
|
---|---|---|
Common Stock | New York Stock Exchange | |
8% Corporate Premium Income Equity Securities | New York Stock Exchange | |
Litigation Tracking Warrants TM | NASDAQ |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: none
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES X NO .
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of March 1, 2002:
Common Stock $31,328,958,175 (1)
(1) Does not include any value attributable to 18,000,000 shares that are held in escrow and not traded.
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's classes of common stock as of March 1, 2002:
Common Stock 971,374,311 (2)
(2) Includes the 18,000,000 shares held in escrow.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 16, 2002, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2001 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
Page
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
PART I | 1 | |||
Item 1. Business | 1 | |||
Overview | 1 | |||
Banking and Financial Services Group | 1 | |||
Home Loans and Insurance Services Group | 2 | |||
Specialty Finance Group | 4 | |||
Employees | 5 | |||
Factors That May Affect Future Results | 5 | |||
Business Combinations | 8 | |||
Taxation | 8 | |||
Environmental Regulation | 9 | |||
Regulation and Supervision | 10 | |||
Principal Officers | 21 | |||
Item 2. Properties | 23 | |||
Item 3. Legal Proceedings | 23 | |||
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders | 23 | |||
PART II | 24 | |||
Item 5. Market for our Common Stock and Related Security Holder Matters | 24 | |||
Item 6. Selected Financial Data | 25 | |||
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 25 | |||
Cautionary Statements | 25 | |||
Overview | 26 | |||
Recently Issued Accounting Standards | 26 | |||
Critical Accounting Policies | 27 | |||
Earnings Performance | 27 | |||
Review of Financial Condition | 34 | |||
Asset Quality | 38 | |||
Operating Segments | 44 | |||
Liquidity | 45 | |||
Capital Adequacy | 46 | |||
Market Risk Management | 47 | |||
Maturity and Repricing Information | 54 | |||
Tax Contingency | 55 | |||
Goodwill Litigation | 56 | |||
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk | 47 | |||
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 58 | |||
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 58 | |||
PART III | 59 | |||
PART IV | 59 | |||
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K | 59 |
i
Overview
With a history dating back to 1889, Washington Mutual, Inc. is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. Based on our consolidated assets at December 31, 2001, we were the largest savings institution and the seventh largest banking company in the United States.
Our assets have grown over the last six years primarily through acquisitions. In 1996, we acquired Keystone Holdings, Inc., the parent of American Savings Bank, F.A. This acquisition, referred to as the "Keystone Transaction," gave us our first depository institution in California. In 1997, we acquired Great Western Financial Corporation and in October 1998, we acquired H.F. Ahmanson & Co. ("Ahmanson"). In February 1998, Ahmanson had acquired Coast Savings Financial, Inc.
During 2001, we completed three acquisitions. On January 31, we acquired the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC"). On February 9, we acquired Texas-based Bank United Corp. ("Bank United"), and on June 1, we acquired Fleet Mortgage Corp., a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., and certain other mortgage lending operations of Fleet National Bank ("Fleet"). Substantially due to these acquisitions, our loan servicing portfolio (excluding loans retained in our portfolio) grew from $79.34 billion at January 1, 2001 to $378.38 billion at December 31, 2001. Correspondingly, the mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") associated with our servicing portfolio increased from $1.02 billion at January 1, 2001 to $6.24 billion at December 31, 2001. The acquisition of Bank United also increased our deposit base by $8.09 billion and added approximately $12 billion to our loans held in portfolio.
On January 4, 2002, we completed our acquisition of New York-based Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime"). This acquisition added approximately $28 billion to our asset base, and increased our deposit base by approximately $15 billion.
On March 1, 2002, we acquired for cash certain operating assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"). HomeSide is the U.S. mortgage unit of the National Australia Bank Limited ("National"). We will subservice HomeSide's $187 billion mortgage servicing portfolio. National retained ownership of HomeSide's mortgage servicing rights, along with the related hedges and certain other assets and liabilities.
We manage our operations by grouping our products and services within business segments. These business segments are:
In addition, the management of our interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings and purchased investment securities portfolios are performed by our Treasury Division.
Banking and Financial Services Group
The Banking and Financial Services Group ("Banking & FS") offers a comprehensive line of consumer and business financial products and services to individuals and small and middle market businesses. Banking & FS provides services to approximately seven million consumer and business households through over 1,400 financial centers (both free-standing and in-store), 51 business banking centers, and over 2,150 automated teller machines located in twelve states. With the acquisitions of Bank United and Dime, the group now serves more than 415,000 households in Texas through over 200 financial
1
centers, and approximately one million households in the greater New York metropolitan area through 123 financial centers and approximately 250 automated teller machines.
Banking & FS offers various consumer deposit products as well as a variety of fee-based banking services. Deposit products offered include the group's signature Free Checking accounts as well as savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and time deposit accounts. In 2001 the group introduced a new checking account product, the Platinum Account, which combines a money market rate of interest with a checking account. In addition to traditional banking products, fixed annuities, home mortgage loans and insurance products are made available through the financial centers. The group also offers investment advisory and securities brokerage services. Banking & FS offers customers the convenience of 24-hour telephone and internet banking and investment services through wamu.com, wmfinancial.com, wmgroupoffunds.com and invest1to1.com.
In 2000, Banking & FS began opening financial centers in Las Vegas with project Occasio TM (Latin for "favorable opportunity"), which features a new retail approach to banking. Occasio financial centers serve customers in an open, free-flowing retail environment where they can interact with roaming customer service representatives. Occasio provides Banking & FS a vehicle for expanding into new market areas where acquisition opportunities may be limited. By the end of 2001, the group had opened 20 Occasio financial centers in Las Vegas and 16 Occasio financial centers in Phoenix and established a retail banking presence in Atlanta with the opening of 20 Occasio financial centers. The group will continue to expand its presence in Phoenix and Atlanta and expects eventually to have a total of approximately 40 and 80 Occasio financial centers in those markets, respectively. Future plans for project Occasio also include the enhancement of the group's financial center network in existing markets, including the greater New York metropolitan area. Additional market areas are also under evaluation for the future expansion of project Occasio.
Banking & FS offers a full array of consumer and business loan products. Consumer lending products include home equity lines of credit and loans, transportation financing (cars, recreational vehicles and boats), student loans, lines of credit and installment loans, and manufactured housing loans. Credit products and financial services offered to small- and mid-sized businesses include lines of credit, receivables and inventory financing, equipment loans, real estate financing, Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans, international trade financing, cash management and merchant bankcard services. One of Banking & FS's primary business objectives is to expand consumer and business lending activities, as they generally offer higher yields than prime mortgage lending activities. The size of the consumer and business loan portfolios has grown in recent years, partly due to the introduction of the consumer lending product line in California, Florida and Texas and the expansion of business banking in California. The merger with Bank United also strengthened the group's market position for business lending in Texas and nationally through SBA lending offices.
The group's investment services are offered to the public by over 500 financial consultants of WM Financial Services, a licensed broker-dealer. Fixed annuities are offered to the public by over 900 bank employees licensed to offer such products. Investment advisory and distribution services for WM Group of Funds are provided respectively by WM Advisors, Inc. and WM Funds Distributor, Inc. At December 31, 2001, WM Advisors had $11.58 billion of assets under management.
Home Loans and Insurance Services Group
The principal activities of the Home Loans & Insurance Services Group ("Home Loans Group") are originating and servicing single-family residential ("SFR") loans. Loans are originated and held in the loan portfolio or sold into the secondary market. The Home Loans Group also offers insurance products that complement the mortgage lending process. The group's products are offered to customers through multiple distribution channels, including retail home loan centers, financial centers, correspondent channels, wholesale home loan centers, and consumer direct through call centers and the internet.
2
The acquisitions of Bank United and the mortgage operations of PNC and Fleet in 2001, and Dime, including its North American Mortgage Company subsidiary, in early 2002 have significantly strengthened the group's mortgage banking capability, further diversified its mortgage operations geographically, increased its servicing portfolio, and enhanced its market position in the home lending business. These acquisitions strengthened our ability to originate loans in all 50 states, including originating FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed loans on a national scale. The correspondent lending channel, in particular, grew significantly during 2001, as the result of the acquisition of the mortgage operations of PNC and Fleet. These acquisitions, along with the recently completed acquisition of certain operating assets of HomeSide, have made the Home Loans Group the nation's largest residential mortgage servicer.
The Home Loans Group has developed an automated mortgage origination platform, Optis TM . The first release of Optis was completed in 2001 and is designed to enhance productivity with automated pricing and approval, while providing consistent evaluations of credit quality. The second release is expected to improve functionality of the mortgage origination process, reduce costs and improve operating efficiencies.
The Home Loans Group's strength as a portfolio lender provides customers with a range of choices designed to meet their financial needs. The group offers a broad product line that includes adjustable-rate mortgages ("ARMs") offering borrowers multiple payment options, traditional ARMs, and fixed-rate mortgages, both conforming and nonconforming. The Home Loans Group also offers FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed fixed-rate mortgages and, through Long Beach Mortgage Company ("Long Beach Mortgage"), its subprime wholesale channel, originates specialty home loans, a component of specialty mortgage finance ("SMF") lending.
To manage risk, all loans originated are subjected to the same nondiscriminatory underwriting standards and to certain restrictions on terms and origination practices. The determination of the risk and the amount of review necessary is based on the credit profile of the borrower and the size and characteristics of the loan. Additionally, the group performs re-underwriting and appraisal review on some of the loans acquired from its correspondents, or delegates the underwriting of these loans to specific correspondents. All loans secured by first liens on real property require title insurance and casualty insurance for the lesser of the outstanding balance of the loan plus all prior liens on the property or the replacement cost of the property.
The Home Loans Group generally retains the servicing of loans that are originated for sale into the secondary market, thereby maintaining the customer relationship. Mortgage servicing is the administration and collection of mortgage payments and fees. The SFR servicing portfolio (including loans retained in the portfolio) grew from approximately 1.4 million customers at December 31, 2000 to approximately 4.3 million at December 31, 2001 with an average loan size of $115,000. At year-end, Washington Mutual had a $496.7 billion loan servicing portfolio which represented an 8.62% market share, based upon a 2001 mortgage servicer ranking by Inside Mortgage Finance . As part of the integration steps taken on the recent acquisitions, the group consolidated eight servicing facilities into four to reduce overhead. The remaining four locations are in California, South Carolina, Wisconsin and Illinois. With the recent acquisition of certain operating assets of HomeSide, the group acquired two additional servicing sites in Texas and Florida and a loan servicing platform that, together with the Optis origination platform, is expected to enable end-to-end control of the mortgage process.
The capital markets function of the Home Loans Group manages loan pricing and loan sales, and loans purchased from correspondents. Capital markets also hedges the interest rate risk of loans originated for sale by entering into forward sales agreements and by purchasing interest rate option contracts. Capital markets sells most of the fixed-rate SFR loan volume, with most fixed-rate conforming mortgage loans sold to government sponsored enterprises ("GSEs") such as Fannie Mae ("FNMA"). Loans that do not conform to GSE standards, such as jumbo loans, are generally held in portfolio or sold by capital markets in the secondary market either directly or through securitizations. Capital markets also periodically sells
3
originated SMF loans in whole loan or securitization transactions. ARM loans are also sold periodically in the secondary market in order to manage asset growth more efficiently. In addition, the group is developing an institutional broker-dealer business to help facilitate its loan securitizations. When licensing is completed later this year, the broker-dealer business will provide a link between the Home Loans Group and the capital markets, allowing the group to sell, trade, and underwrite mortgage-related products directly to institutional investors.
The Home Loans Group manages a portfolio of originated ARM and fixed-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"). The group also purchases and manages SMF loans with risk characteristics similar to those originated by Long Beach Mortgage. While the group reviews and re-underwrites SMF loans for unacceptable credit risk, charge offs on these loans are expected to be higher over time than on the group's prime mortgage loans. SMF loans have higher credit risk and, thus, generally provide higher risk-adjusted yields than prime mortgage loans or agency MBS.
The Home Loans Group provides insurance services that support the mortgage lending process by offering homeowners, flood, earthquake and other property and casualty insurance products to mortgage borrowers. In addition, the group offers mortgage life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment, term and whole life insurance, and other insurance products to existing mortgage and deposit customers. The group also manages the Company's captive private mortgage reinsurance activities. The group's insurance services website, wamuins.com, provides information, quotes, and buying capabilities over the internet.
Specialty Finance Group
The Specialty Finance Group provides real estate secured financing primarily for multi-family properties. Additionally, the group provides commercial real estate lending and residential builder construction financing as a part of its secured financing activities. The group also offers mortgage banker financing and conducts a consumer finance business through Washington Mutual Finance Corporation ("Washington Mutual Finance"). Washington Mutual Finance currently operates 459 branches in 25 states, primarily in the southeastern United States, Texas and California.
The group's multi-family lending base includes products for permanent financing, construction lending and rehab financing. Multi-family loans are offered to property owners and developers throughout the United States. While the national market for multi-family lending is quite large, market share is highly fragmented, as the top 25 lenders account for only 32% of the total number of loans originated annually. As part of its business strategy, the Specialty Finance Group intends to seek additional market share by pursuing multi-family industry consolidation opportunities.
The Specialty Finance Group's multi-family lending program revolves around three key elements: originating loans, servicing loans and providing ancillary banking services to enhance customer retention. Combining these three elements under one umbrella has allowed the group to attain a leading market position in this field.
The Company was recently ranked as a leading national originator of multi-family loans, measured both in terms of number of loans and total origination dollar volume. This has been achieved through both internal growth and acquisitions. The recent acquisitions of Bank United and Dime have expanded our origination activities into the Midwest and East and broadened our multi-family product line.
The Company also leads the nation in the number of multi-family loans serviced. Around this servicing base, the Specialty Finance Group is developing uniform loan servicing standards across a national servicing platform. Periodic economic analysis, such as debt service coverage on each property and ongoing credit review will also be part of this platform's capabilities. Additionally, the group is developing a scalable business template that is designed to enable it to maintain high levels of service with low operating costs in all types of multi-family markets.
4
Combining the origination and servicing of multi-family loans with full-service banking allows the Specialty Finance Group to focus on the customers' total needs. As part of this relationship banking, the group provides operating accounts for daily cash needs, investment accounts for security and escrow deposits, and other business-related accounts to ensure that customers are offered a full array of banking services.
The Specialty Finance Group also provides loans for residential builders, real estate developers, and mortgage bankers. These areas represent approximately 30% of the total non multi-family commercial lending activities of the group. As an extension of its multi-family lending activities, these products will provide additional services to the group's traditional customer base. The group anticipates further growth in these product categories, as the Company expands its multi-family lending.
In addition to the commercial lending and servicing activities mentioned above, the Specialty Finance Group, through Washington Mutual Finance, originates and services consumer installment loans and consumer real estate secured loans. These loans are generally held in the loan portfolio. Loans originated by Washington Mutual Finance generally earn higher yields than loans made by the Company's banking subsidiaries because they tend to have higher credit risk. The majority of the growth in the loan portfolio originated in 2001 was related to loans secured by real estate. The consumer installment loans are primarily for personal, family or household purposes. Such loans are unsecured or secured by luxury goods, automobiles or other personal property. Additionally, Washington Mutual Finance acquires installment contracts from local retail establishments, usually without recourse to the originating merchant.
Employees
Our number of full-time equivalent employees ("FTE") at December 31, 2001 was 39,465, compared with 28,798 at December 31, 2000 and 28,509 at December 31, 1999. During 2001, the number of FTE increased primarily as a result of the acquisitions of Bank United and the mortgage operations of PNC and Fleet. In addition, the acquisition of Dime added approximately 6,900 FTE during the first quarter of 2002. We believe that we have been successful in attracting quality employees and that our employee relations are good.
Factors That May Affect Future Results
From time to time, we have made and will make forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K and other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission have forward-looking statements. In addition, our senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could," or "may."
Forward-looking statements provide our expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements.
5
Some of these factors are described below.
General business and economic conditions may significantly affect our earnings.
Our business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. economy, and the local economies in which we conduct business. If any of these conditions worsen, our business and earnings could be adversely affected. For example, if short-term interest rates rise faster than mortgage rates, our net interest income, which is our largest component of net income, would be adversely affected. A prolonged economic downturn could increase the number of customers who become delinquent or default on their loans, or a rising interest rate environment could decrease the demand for loans. An increase in delinquencies or defaults could result in a higher level of charge offs and provision for loan and lease losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.
In addition, our business and earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve Board's policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict.
If we are unable to effectively manage the volatility of our mortgage banking business, our earnings could be adversely affected.
During 2001, through a series of acquisitions, we became one of the largest originators and servicers of SFR loans in the nation. Changes in interest rates significantly affect the mortgage banking business. One of the principal risks to the mortgage banking business is prepayments and their effect on MSR. One of the ways we mitigate this risk is by purchasing financial instruments, such as fixed-rate investment securities, which tend to increase in value when long-term interest rates decline. The success of this strategy, however, is dependent on management's judgments regarding the direction and timing of changes in long-term interest rates, and the resulting decisions that are made regarding the purchases and subsequent sales of these financial instruments. If this strategy is not successful, our net income could be adversely affected. For further discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed, see "Market Risk Management."
A failure to effectively integrate the operations and personnel of companies we have acquired could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.
During 2001 and early 2002, we consummated five large acquisitions. As a result of these acquisitions, we significantly expanded our mortgage banking and loan servicing business, greatly expanded our consumer banking and lending presence in Texas and began consumer banking operations in the State of New York. If we experience difficulties in integrating the acquired operations into our company, including the integration of technology platforms, this could result in higher than anticipated administrative costs, employee turnover and the loss of customers, among other things. These events could cause our earnings to be lower than anticipated and could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
Due to the concentration of our operations in California, a decline in the California economy could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.
At December 31, 2001, 51% of our SFR and multi-family loan portfolio and 63% of our deposits were concentrated in California. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are particularly subject to the conditions in the single-family and multi-family residential markets in California. If economic conditions generally, or in California in particular, worsen or if the market for residential real
6
estate declines, we may experience greater delinquencies, which may result in a higher provision for loan and lease losses and decreased collateral values on our existing portfolio. We also may not be able to originate the volume or type of loans or achieve the level of deposits that we currently anticipate.
The financial services industry is highly competitive.
We operate in a highly competitive environment. The activities of our three major lines of business (Banking and Financial Services, Home Loans and Insurance Services, and Specialty Finance) are subject to significant competition in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans as well as in providing other financial services in all of our market areas. We face competition in customer service, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending limits and customer convenience, such as product lines offered and the accessibility of services.
Our most direct competition for deposits comes from savings institutions, credit unions and commercial banks doing business in our market areas. Enacted in 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLB Act") does not increase our authority to affiliate, but it does benefit our competitors, as discussed below. As with all banking organizations, we have also experienced competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and governmental debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of our primary market areas.
Our most direct competition for loans comes from other savings institutions, national mortgage companies, insurance companies, commercial banks and GSEs. In addition to the provisions of the GLB Act, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have also increased accessibility to services without physical presence, which has intensified competition among banking as well as nonbanking companies in offering financial products and services. Although our competitors' activities may make it a bigger challenge for us to achieve our financial goals, we are continuously reassessing our overall competitive edge to attract more customers for our products and services.
Changes in the regulation of financial services companies could adversely affect our business.
Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in Congress. The agencies regulating the financial services industry periodically adopt changes to their regulations. It is possible that one or more legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. For further discussion of the regulations of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision Recent and Proposed Legislation and Regulation."
7
Most of our growth since 1988 has occurred as a result of business combinations. The following table summarizes our business combinations since 1988:
Acquisition Name
|
Date Acquired
|
Loans
|
Deposits
|
Assets
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||
Columbia Federal Savings Bank and Shoreline Savings Bank | April 29, 1988 | $ | 551 | $ | 555 | $ | 753 | ||||
Old Stone Bank (1) | June 1, 1990 | 230 | 293 | 294 | |||||||
Frontier Federal Savings Association (2) | June 30, 1990 | - | 96 | - | |||||||
Williamsburg Federal Savings Bank (2) | Sept. 14, 1990 | - | 4 | - | |||||||
Vancouver Federal Savings Bank | July 31, 1991 | 200 | 253 | 261 | |||||||
CrossLand Savings, FSB (2) | Nov. 8, 1991 | - | 185 | - | |||||||
Sound Savings and Loan Association | Jan. 1, 1992 | 17 | 21 | 24 | |||||||
World Savings and Loan Association (2) | March 6, 1992 | - | 38 | - | |||||||
Great Northwest Bank | April 1, 1992 | 603 | 586 | 710 | |||||||
Pioneer Savings Bank | March 1, 1993 | 625 | 660 | 927 | |||||||
Pacific First Bank, a Federal Savings Bank | April 9, 1993 | 3,771 | 3,832 | 5,861 | |||||||
Far West Federal Savings Bank (2) | April 15, 1994 | - | 42 | - | |||||||
Summit Savings Bank | Nov. 14, 1994 | 128 | 169 | 188 | |||||||
Olympus Bank, a Federal Savings Bank | April 28, 1995 | 238 | 279 | 391 | |||||||
Enterprise Bank | Aug. 31, 1995 | 93 | 139 | 154 | |||||||
Western Bank | Jan. 31, 1996 | 501 | 696 | 776 | |||||||
Utah Federal Savings Bank | Nov. 30, 1996 | 89 | 107 | 122 | |||||||
Keystone Holdings, Inc. | Dec. 20, 1996 | 14,563 | 12,815 | 21,894 | |||||||
United Western Financial Group | Jan. 15, 1997 | 273 | 300 | 404 | |||||||
Great Western Financial Corporation | July 1, 1997 | 32,448 | 27,785 | 43,770 | |||||||
H.F. Ahmanson & Company (3) | Oct. 1, 1998 | 33,939 | 33,975 | 50,355 | |||||||
Industrial Bank | Dec. 31, 1998 | 11 | 26 | 27 | |||||||
Long Beach Financial Corporation | Oct. 1, 1999 | 415 | - | 821 | |||||||
Alta Residential Mortgage Trust | Feb. 1, 2000 | 156 | - | 158 | |||||||
Mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (1) | Jan. 31, 2001 | 3,352 | - | 7,307 | |||||||
Bank United Corp. | Feb. 9, 2001 | 14,983 | 8,093 | 19,034 | |||||||
Fleet Mortgage Corp. (1) | Jun 1, 2001 | 4,378 | - | 7,813 | |||||||
Dime Bancorp, Inc. | Jan. 4, 2002 | 16,271 | 15,117 | 27,934 | |||||||
HomeSide Lending, Inc. (1) | Mar. 1, 2002 | 1,071 | - | 1,178 |
Taxation
General
For federal income tax purposes, we report income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting on a calendar year basis. We are subject to federal income tax under existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), in generally the same manner as other corporations.
State Income Taxation
Many of the states in which we do business, impose corporate income taxes on companies doing business in those states. The state of Washington does not currently have a corporate income tax. Washington imposes on businesses a business and occupation tax based on a percentage of gross receipts.
8
Currently, the tax does not apply to interest received on loans secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties. However, it is possible that legislation might be introduced in the future that would repeal or limit this exemption.
Assistance Agreement
In connection with the Keystone Transaction, we acquired American Savings Bank, F.A. ("ASB"). ASB was formed to effect the December 1988 acquisition (the "1988 Acquisition") of certain assets and liabilities of the failed savings and loan association subsidiary of Financial Corporation of America. In connection with the 1988 Acquisition, Keystone Holdings and certain of its affiliates entered into a number of continuing agreements with the predecessor to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), including an Assistance Agreement. The Assistance Agreement provides, in part, for the payment to the Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC") Resolution Fund over time of 75% of most of the federal tax savings and 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (in each case computed in accordance with specific provisions contained in the Assistance Agreement) attributable to the utilization of certain tax loss carryforwards. The provision for such payments is reflected in the financial statements as "Income Taxes."
In connection with the acquisition of Bank United in 2001, we acquired Bank United Holdings. Bank United Holdings entered into a Tax Benefits Agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank Board. The Tax Benefits Agreement requires the Bank to pay to the FSLIC Resolution Fund an amount equal to one-third of the sum of the federal and state net tax benefits as defined in the original acquisition agreements ("Net Tax Benefits"). Net Tax Benefits are equal to the excess of any of the federal income tax liability which would have incurred if the tax benefit item had not been deducted or excluded from income over the federal income tax liability actually incurred. Net Tax Benefits items are tax savings resulting mainly from the utilization of net operating losses. The obligation to share tax benefit utilization continues through 2003.
See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Income Taxes."
Environmental Regulation
Our business and properties are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing environmental matters, including the regulation of hazardous substances and wastes. For example, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA") and similar state laws, owners and operators of contaminated properties may be liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous substances without regard to whether such persons actually caused the contamination. Such laws may affect us both as an owner of properties used in or held for our business, and as a secured lender of property that is found to contain hazardous substances or wastes.
Further, although CERCLA exempts holders of security interests, the exemption may not be available if a secured party engages in the management of its borrower or the collateral property in a manner deemed beyond the protection of the secured party's interest. Federal and state legislation, as well as guidance issued by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and a number of court decisions, have provided assurance to lenders regarding the activities they may undertake and remain within CERCLA's secured party exemption. However, these assurances are not absolute and generally will not protect a lender or fiduciary that participates or otherwise involves itself in the management of its borrower, particularly in foreclosure proceedings. As a result, CERCLA and similar state statutes may influence our decision whether to foreclose on property that is found to be contaminated. Our general policy is to obtain an environmental assessment prior to foreclosing on commercial property. The existence of hazardous substances or wastes on such property may cause us to elect not to foreclose on the property, thereby limiting, and in some instances precluding, our realization on such loans.
9
Regulation and Supervision
References in this section to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries only. One should consult the statutes and regulations for a full understanding of the details of their operation.
General
As a savings and loan holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. ("WMI" or "the Parent Company") is subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"). Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA") and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") are federal savings associations and are subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OTS, which is their primary federal regulator. Their deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC, through the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF") and, to a lesser extent, in the case of WMBFA, the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF"). The FDIC also has some authority to regulate WMBFA and WMBfsb. Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") is subject to regulation and supervision by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington (the "State Director"). The FDIC insures the deposit accounts of WMB through both the BIF and the SAIF. The FDIC examines and regulates WMB and other state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System ("FDIC-regulated banks"). Federal and state laws and regulations govern, among other things, investment powers, deposit activities, borrowings, maintenance of guaranty funds and retained earnings.
Entity
|
Charter
|
Primary Federal
Regulator |
State Regulator
|
Insurance Fund(s)
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WMI | State (WA) | OTS | None | n.a. | ||||
WMBFA | Federal | OTS | None | SAIF, BIF | ||||
WMB | State (WA) | FDIC | State Director | BIF, SAIF | ||||
WMBfsb | Federal | OTS | None | SAIF |
State and federal laws govern our consumer finance subsidiaries. Federal laws apply to various aspects of their lending practices. State laws establish applicable licensing requirements, provide for periodic examinations and establish maximum finance charges on credit extensions.
Holding Company Regulation
WMI is a multiple savings and loan holding company, as defined by federal law, because it owns three savings associations: WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb. WMB is a state-chartered savings bank that has elected to be treated as a savings association for purposes of the federal savings and loan holding company law. WMI is regulated as a unitary savings and loan holding company because WMBFA and WMBfsb are deemed to have been acquired in supervisory transactions. Therefore, certain restrictions under federal law on the activities and investments of multiple savings and loan holding companies do not apply to WMI. These restrictions will apply to WMI if WMB, WMBFA or WMBfsb fails to be a qualified thrift lender ("QTL"). By this we mean generally that:
WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb are currently in compliance with QTL standards. Failure to remain a QTL also would restrict the ability of WMBFA, WMBfsb or WMB to obtain advances from a Federal
10
Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"). In addition, failure to remain a QTL would restrict the ability of WMBFA or WMBfsb to establish new financial centers and pay dividends.
Acquisitions by Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Neither WMI nor any other person may acquire control of a savings institution or a savings and loan holding company without the prior approval of the OTS, or, if the acquirer is an individual, the OTS' lack of disapproval. In either case, the public must have an opportunity to comment on the proposed acquisition, and the OTS must complete an application review. Without prior approval from the OTS, WMI may not acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any savings institution that is not one of its subsidiaries.
The GLB Act generally restricts any nonfinancial entity from acquiring us unless such nonfinancial entity was, or had submitted an application to become, a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999. Since we were treated as a unitary savings and loan holding company prior to that date, we may engage in nonfinancial activities and acquire nonfinancial subsidiaries.
Annual Reporting; Examinations. Under the Home Owners' Loan Act ("HOLA") and OTS regulations, WMI, as a savings and loan holding company, must file periodic reports with the OTS. In addition, WMI must comply with OTS record-keeping requirements.
WMI is subject to holding company examination by the OTS. The OTS may take enforcement action if the activities of a savings and loan holding company constitute a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary savings association.
Commonly Controlled Depository Institutions. Depository institutions are "commonly controlled" if they are controlled by the same holding company or if one depository institution controls another depository institution. WMI controls WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb. The FDIC has authority to require FDIC-insured banks and savings associations to reimburse the FDIC for losses it incurs in connection either with the default of a "commonly controlled" depository institution or with the FDIC's provision of assistance to such an institution.
Capital Adequacy. WMI is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its subsidiary depository institutions is subject to various capital requirements. See "Regulation and Supervision- Capital Requirements."
Subsidiary Savings Institution Regulation
As federally-chartered savings associations, WMBFA and WMBfsb are subject to regulation and supervision by the OTS. As a state-chartered savings bank, WMB is subject to regulation and supervision by the State Director and the FDIC.
Federal Regulation and Supervision of WMBFA and WMBfsb. Federal statutes empower federal savings institutions, such as WMBFA and WMBfsb, to conduct, subject to various conditions and limitations, business activities that include:
11
OTS regulations further delineate such institutions' investment and lending powers. Federal savings institutions generally may not invest in noninvestment-grade debt securities, nor may they generally make equity investments, other than investments in service corporations.
State Regulation and Supervision. Washington State statutes empower savings banks, such as WMB, to conduct, subject to various conditions and limitations, business activities that include:
Under state law, savings banks in Washington also generally have all of the powers that federal mutual savings banks have under federal laws and regulations.
Federal Prohibitions on Exercise of State Bank Powers. Federal law prohibits banks, such as WMB, and their subsidiaries from exercising certain powers that were granted by state law to make investments or carry on activities as principal (i.e., for their own account) unless either (i) national banks have power under federal law to make such investments or carry on such activities, or (ii) the bank and such investments or activities meet certain requirements established by federal law and the FDIC.
Federal Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates. WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb, as holding company subsidiaries that are depository institutions, are subject to both qualitative and quantitative limitations on their transactions with WMI and its other subsidiaries. They are subject to the same affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System, as set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, as well as such additional limitations as the institution's primary federal regulator may adopt. These provisions prohibit or limit a savings institution from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, affiliates, principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the savings institution and its affiliates. For these purposes, the term "affiliate" generally includes a holding company such as WMI and any company under common control with the savings institution. In addition, the federal law governing unitary savings and loan holding companies flatly prohibits WMB, WMBFA or WMBfsb from making any loan to any affiliate whose activity is not permitted for a subsidiary of a bank holding company. This law also prohibits WMB, WMBFA or WMBfsb from making any equity investment in any affiliate that is not its subsidiary. We currently are in material compliance with all these provisions.
Restrictions on Subsidiary Savings Institution Capital Distributions. WMI's principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid to it by its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income, and borrowings. Federal and state law limits the ability of a depository institution, such as WMB, WMBFA or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.
Washington state law prohibits WMB from declaring or paying a dividend greater than its retained earnings if doing so would cause its net worth to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the protection of preconversion depositors or (ii) the net worth requirements, if any, imposed by the State Director.
OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations such as WMBFA and WMBfsb to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. Certain savings associations, including WMBFA and WMBfsb, must file an application for approval by the OTS before the proposed declaration of a dividend
12
or approval of the proposed capital distribution by its board of directors. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, or if, after giving effect to the proposed distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.
FDIC Insurance
The FDIC insures the deposits of each of our banking subsidiaries to the applicable maximum in each institution. The FDIC administers two separate deposit insurance funds, the BIF and the SAIF. The BIF is a deposit insurance fund for commercial banks and some state-chartered savings banks. The SAIF is a deposit insurance fund for most savings associations. WMB is a member of the BIF, but a substantial portion of its deposits is insured through the SAIF. WMBFA and WMBfsb are members of the SAIF, but a small portion of WMBFA's deposits is insured through the BIF. WMB and WMBFA are subject to payment of assessments ratably to both funds.
The FDIC has established a risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments. Under the risk-based assessment system, an institution's insurance assessments vary according to the level of capital the institution holds and the degree to which it is the subject of supervisory concern. In addition, regardless of the potential risk to the insurance fund, federal law requires the FDIC to establish assessment rates that will maintain each insurance fund's ratio of reserves to insured deposits at $1.25 per $100. Both funds currently meet this reserve ratio. During 2001, the assessment rate for both SAIF and BIF deposits ranged from zero to 0.27% of covered deposits. WMB and WMBFA qualified for the lowest rate on their BIF deposits in 2001, and WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb qualified for the lowest rate on their SAIF deposits in 2001. Accordingly, none of these institutions paid any deposit insurance assessments in 2001. If, in the future, the reserve ratio of either insurance fund falls below required levels, that fund may reinstitute deposit insurance assessments for all institutions, including those not currently subject to deposit insurance assessments.
In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is authorized to collect assessments against insured deposits to be paid to the Financing Corporation ("FICO") to service FICO debt incurred in the 1980s. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly. Since 2000, SAIF- and BIF-insured deposits have been assessed at the same rate by FICO. For the years 2000 and 2001, the average annual rate was 2.07 cents and 1.90 cents per $100 of insured deposits.
Capital Requirements
Each of our subsidiary depository institutions is subject to various capital requirements. WMB is subject to FDIC capital requirements, while WMBFA and WMBfsb are subject to OTS capital requirements.
WMB. FDIC regulations recognize two types or tiers of capital: core ("Tier 1") capital and supplementary ("Tier 2") capital. Tier 1 capital generally includes common stockholders' equity and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital, which is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital, includes such items as qualifying general loan loss reserves, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt and limited life preferred stock; however, the amount of term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock that may be included in Tier 2 capital is limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital.
The FDIC uses a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios to evaluate capital adequacy. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. For example, U.S. Treasury Bills and Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") securities are placed in the 0% risk category,
13
FNMA and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") MBS are placed in the 20% risk category, loans secured by SFR properties are generally placed in the 50% risk category, and commercial real estate and consumer loans are generally placed in the 100% risk category. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a risk-weighted asset base. Certain off-balance sheet items are added to the risk-weighted asset base by converting them to a balance sheet equivalent and assigning them the appropriate risk weight in one of four categories.
Under FDIC guidelines, the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets must be at least 8.00%, and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets must be at least 4.00%.
In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the FDIC uses a leverage ratio to evaluate a bank's capital adequacy. Most banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio or Tier 1 capital to average assets of 4.00%. The FDIC retains the right to require a particular institution to maintain a higher capital level based on the institution's particular risk profile.
The FDIC may consider other factors that may affect a bank's financial condition. These factors may include interest rate risk exposure, liquidity, funding and market risks, the quality and level of earnings, concentration of credit risk, risks arising from nontraditional activities, loan and investment quality, the effectiveness of loan and investment policies, and management's ability to monitor and control financial operating risks.
The following table sets forth the current regulatory requirement for capital ratios for FDIC regulated banks as compared with our capital ratios at December 31, 2001:
|
Tier 1 Capital to
Average Assets (FDIC Leverage Ratio) |
Tier 1 Capital to
Risk-Weighted Assets |
Total Capital to
Risk-Weighted Assets |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Regulatory Minimum | 4.00 | % (1) | 4.00 | % | 8.00 | % | |
WMB's Actual | 6.45 | 10.86 | 12.08 |
WMBFA and WMBfsb. The OTS requires savings associations, such as WMBFA and WMBfsb, to meet each of three separate regulatory capital standards:
For a limited time, core capital may include certain amounts of qualifying supervisory goodwill.
OTS regulations incorporate a risk-based capital requirement that is designed to be no less stringent than the capital standard applicable to national banks. It is modeled in many respects on, but not identical to, the risk-based capital requirements adopted by the FDIC. The OTS may establish, on a case-by-case basis, individual minimum capital requirements for a savings association that vary from the requirements that otherwise would apply under the OTS capital regulations. The OTS has not established such individual minimum capital requirements for WMBFA or WMBfsb.
14
The following table sets forth the current regulatory requirement for capital ratios for savings associations as compared with our capital ratios at December 31, 2001:
|
Tier 1 Capital to
Adjusted Total Assets (OTS Leverage Ratio) |
Tangible Capital to
Tangible Assets |
Tier 1 Capital to
Risk-Weighted Assets |
Total Capital to
Risk-Weighted Assets |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Regulatory Minimum | 4.00 | % (1) | 1.50 | % | 4.00 | % | 8.00 | % | |
WMBFA's Actual | 5.18 | 5.18 | 9.00 | 10.93 | |||||
WMBfsb's Actual | 7.30 | 7.30 | 11.53 | 12.78 |
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") Requirements
FDICIA created a statutory framework that increased the importance of meeting applicable capital requirements. FDICIA established five capital categories:
An institution's category depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital measure, a leverage ratio capital measure, a tangible equity ratio measure, and certain other factors. The federal banking agencies (including the FDIC and the OTS) have adopted regulations that implement this statutory framework. Under these regulations, an institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of core capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.
Federal law requires that the federal banking agencies' risk-based capital guidelines take into account various factors including interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk, risks associated with nontraditional activities, and the actual performance and expected risk of loss of multi-family mortgages. The federal banking agencies' capital standards specify that concentration of credit and nontraditional activities are among the factors that the agencies will consider in evaluating capital adequacy. The OTS and FDIC risk-based capital standards include provisions for the risk weighting of loans made to finance the purchase or construction of multi-family residences. The OTS's risk-based capital requirements for savings associations (such as WMBFA and WMBfsb) include an interest rate risk component. Implementation of this requirement has been delayed, and the OTS has proposed eliminating this interest rate risk component. Management believes that the effect of including such an interest rate risk component in the calculation of risk-adjusted capital will not cause WMBFA or WMBfsb to cease to be well capitalized. A joint policy statement of the FDIC and certain other federal banking agencies (not including the OTS) provides guidance on prudent interest rate risk management principles, and states that these agencies will evaluate the banks' interest rate risk on a case-by-case basis rather than adopting a standardized measure or establish an explicit minimum capital charge for interest rate risk.
15
Other FDIC and OTS Regulations and Examination Authority
The FDIC has adopted regulations to protect the deposit insurance funds and depositors, including regulations governing the deposit insurance of various forms of accounts. The FDIC also has adopted numerous regulations to protect the safety and soundness of FDIC-regulated banks. These regulations cover a wide range of subjects including financial reporting, change in bank control, affiliations with securities firms and capital requirements. In certain instances, these regulations restrict the exercise of powers granted by state law.
An FDIC regulation and a joint FDIC/OTS policy statement place a number of restrictions on the activities of WMB's and WMBFA's securities affiliates and on such affiliates' transactions with WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb. These restrictions include requirements that such affiliates follow practices and procedures to distinguish them from WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb and that such affiliates give customers notice from time to time of their separate corporate status and of the distinction between insured deposits and uninsured nondeposit products.
As required by applicable Federal laws, FDIC regulations and OTS regulations impose requirements and restrictions on the operations of WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb. These regulations include requirements to protect the privacy of consumers' nonpublic financial information and to provide 90 days advance notice of the closure of certain facilities.
FDICIA imposes supervisory standards requiring periodic OTS or FDIC examinations, independent audits, uniform accounting and management standards, and prompt corrective action for problem institutions. As a result of FDICIA, depository institutions and their affiliates are subject to federal standards governing asset growth, interest rate exposure, executive compensation, and many other areas of depository institution operations. FDICIA contains numerous other provisions, including reporting requirements and revised regulatory standards for, among other things, real estate lending.
The FDIC may sanction any FDIC-regulated bank that does not operate in accordance with FDIC regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any FDIC-regulated bank, or any institution-affiliated party, such as a trustee, director, officer, employee, agent, or controlling person of the bank, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The FDIC may revalue assets of an institution, based upon appraisals, and may require the establishment of specific reserves in amounts equal to the difference between such revaluation and the book value of the assets. The State Director has similar authority under Washington State law, and the OTS has similar authority under HOLA. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of or condition imposed by the FDIC.
Federal regulation of depository institutions is intended for the protection of depositors (and the BIF and the SAIF), and not for the protection of stockholders or other creditors. In addition, a provision in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 requires that in any liquidation or other resolution of any FDIC-insured depository institution, claims for administrative expenses of the receiver and for deposits in U.S. financial centers (including claims of the FDIC as subrogee of the insured institution) shall have priority over the claims of general unsecured creditors.
Federal Reserve and Consumer Regulation
Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb are each required to maintain a reserve against their transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase an institution's cost of funds. These regulations generally require that WMB, WMBFA and WMBfsb each maintain reserves against net
16
transaction accounts in the amount of 3% on amounts of $41.3 million or less, plus 10% on amounts in excess of $41.3 million. Institutions may designate and exempt $5.7 million of certain reservable liabilities from these reserve requirements. These amounts and percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. A savings bank, like other depository institutions maintaining reservable accounts, may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank discount window, but the Federal Reserve Board's regulations require the savings bank to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.
Numerous other regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board affect the business operations of our banking subsidiaries. These include regulations relating to equal credit opportunity, electronic fund transfers, collection of checks, truth in lending, truth in savings and availability of funds.
The GLB Act included provisions which give consumers new protections regarding the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. The four banking agencies have issued regulations implementing these provisions of the GLB Act. In addition, states are permitted under the GLB Act to have their own privacy laws which offer greater protection to consumers than the GLB Act. Numerous states in which the Company does business have enacted such laws.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
The FHLB System was created in 1932 and consists of twelve regional FHLBs. The FHLBs are federally chartered but privately owned institutions created by Congress. The Federal Housing Finance Board ("Finance Board") is an agency of the federal government and is generally responsible for regulating the FHLB System. Each FHLB is owned by its member institutions. The primary purpose of the FHLBs is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions.
Under current rules, an FHLB member is generally required to purchase FHLB stock in an amount equal to at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding advances made by the FHLB to the member. The GLB Act and new regulations adopted by the Finance Board in December 2000 require a new capital structure for the FHLBs. The new capital structure contains risk-based and leverage capital requirements similar to those currently in place for depository institutions. Each FHLB has submitted a capital structure plan to the Finance Board, which is in the process of reviewing each of the plans.
Other changes in the GLB Act to the FHLB system included a broadening of purposes for which FHLB advances may be used, and a change in the manner of calculating the obligations payable by the FHLBs for the Resolution Funding Corporation ("REFCORP"). Previously, the aggregate amount of the annual REFCORP obligation paid by all FHLBs was $300 million. The GLB Act imposes an annual obligation equal to 20% of the net earnings of the FHLBs. This change will result in a greater obligation in years when FHLBs have high income levels, thereby reducing the return on members' investments. With the broadening in the purpose for which FHLB advances can be used, our borrowing costs may rise as demand for advances increases.
Generally, an institution eligible to be a member must initially apply for membership in the FHLB for the district where the member's principal place of business is located. WMBFA currently is a member only of the San Francisco FHLB, because WMBFA's home office is in Stockton, California. WMB, whose head office is in Seattle, is a member of the Seattle FHLB, as is WMBfsb, whose home office is in Salt Lake City. The Dallas FHLB (of which Bank United was a member prior to merging into WMBFA) and the New York FHLB (of which Dime's depository institution subsidiary, The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB, was a member prior to merging into WMBFA), have requested that the Finance Board allow WMBFA to be a member of those FHLBs without terminating WMBFA's membership in the San Francisco FHLB. WMBFA has supported these requests. On January 22, 2002, the Finance Board
17
announced that it will not consider any applications by institutions to be members of more than one FHLB until the Finance Board has developed a comprehensive policy solution.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") requires financial institutions regulated by the federal financial supervisory agencies to ascertain and help meet the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- to moderate-income ("LMI") neighborhoods, while maintaining safe and sound banking practices. The regulatory agency assigns one of four possible ratings to an institution's CRA performance and is required to make public an institution's rating and written evaluation. The four possible ratings of meeting community credit needs are outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, and substantial noncompliance. In 1998, WMBFA and WMBfsb each received an "outstanding" CRA rating from the OTS, and WMB received an "outstanding" CRA rating from the FDIC in 1999. These ratings reflect our commitment to meeting the credit needs of the communities we serve.
Under regulations that apply to all CRA performance evaluations after July 1, 1997, many factors play a role in assessing a financial institution's CRA performance. The institution's regulator must consider its financial capacity and size, legal impediments, local economic conditions and demographics, including the competitive environment in which it operates. The evaluation does not rely on absolute standards, and the institutions are not required to perform specific activities or to provide specific amounts or types of credit. We maintain a CRA file available for public viewing, as well as an annual CRA highlights document. These documents describe our credit programs and services, community outreach activities, public comments and other efforts to meet community credit needs.
In May 1998, we announced a ten-year $120 billion community commitment to all areas in which we conduct business. As of December 31, 2001, we had exceeded our targets for lending in LMI neighborhoods and under-served market areas, reaching almost 30% of our ten-year goal in only two years. In September 2001, we announced a new ten-year $375 billion community commitment, effective January 2002. This commitment replaced prior ones made by us and the companies we acquired.
The $375 billion commitment targets single-family, small business and consumer, and multi-family lending, and community investment at the following levels:
18
In addition to these goals and objectives, we made a commitment (along with pledges in other areas, like diversity) to philanthropically support the communities in which we conduct our business. Towards that end we will strive to return to our neighborhoods 2% of our pre-tax earnings. This corporate support is returned through grants, sponsorships, loans at below market rates, in-kind donations, paid employee volunteer time, and other financial support of our efforts to develop our communities.
Recent and Proposed Legislation and Regulation
In January 2001, the four federal banking agencies jointly issued expanded examination and supervision guidance relating to subprime lending activities. In the guidance, "subprime" lending generally refers to programs that target borrowers with weakened credit histories or lower repayment capacity. The guidance principally applies to institutions with subprime lending programs with an aggregate credit exposure equal to or greater than 25 percent of an institution's Tier 1 capital. Such institutions would be subject to more stringent risk management standards and, in many cases, additional capital requirements. As a starting point, the guidance generally expects that such an institution would hold capital against subprime portfolios in an amount that is one and one half to three times greater than the amount appropriate for similar types of non-subprime assets.
The guidance is primarily directed at insured depository institutions. WMBFA currently holds specialty mortgage finance loans in excess of 25 percent of its Tier 1 capital and could be adversely affected by the application of the guidance. A significant portion of these loans and the consumer finance loans originated by Washington Mutual Finance may be considered subprime loans under the guidance. While WMI, Long Beach Mortgage and Washington Mutual Finance are not currently subject to any specific capital requirements imposed by the federal banking agencies, the OTS does have certain examination authority over WMI in its capacity as a savings and loan holding company and, accordingly, WMI and its nonbanking subsidiaries could also be adversely affected by the guidance. Management is currently analyzing the impact of the guidance on the conduct of its business.
In December 2001, the Federal Reserve Board published final regulations implementing the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act ("HOEPA"). Compliance with the regulations is mandatory as of October 1, 2002. HOEPA, which was enacted in 1994, imposes additional disclosure requirements and certain substantive limitations on certain mortgage loans with rates or fees above specified levels. The regulations lower the rate levels that trigger the application of HOEPA and include additional fees in the calculation of the fee amount that triggers HOEPA. The loans Washington Mutual currently makes are generally below the rate and fee levels that trigger HOEPA. However, as a result of the new regulations, more of the loans we currently offer will be subject to HOEPA.
The OTS adopted as final on July 18, 2001 an interim rule that removed the regulation that required a savings association to maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets of at least four percent of its liquidity base, and retained a provision requiring a savings association to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation.
The OTS is soliciting comments on a number of proposed changes to the capital regulations. These changes are designed to eliminate unnecessary capital burdens and to align OTS capital regulations more closely to those of other banking regulators. Under the proposed rule, a one-to-four family residential first mortgage loan may qualify for a 50 percent risk weight if it meets certain criteria, including a loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio below 90 percent. Currently these loans must have an LTV ratio of 80 percent or less to qualify for the 50 percent risk weight. The OTS also proposes to eliminate the requirement that a thrift institution must deduct from total capital that portion of a land loan or a nonresidential construction loan in excess of an 80 percent LTV ratio and eliminate the interest rate risk component of the risk-based capital regulations.
On November 29, 2001 the banking agencies issued a final rule that changed regulatory capital standards to address the treatment of recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes
19
that expose banking organizations to credit risk. The final rule treats recourse obligations and direct credit substitutes more consistently than the agencies' prior risk-based capital standards and adds new standards for the treatment of residual interests, including a concentration limit for credit-enhancing interest-only strips. In addition, the agencies allow the use of credit ratings and certain alternative approaches to match the risk-based capital requirement more closely to a banking organization's relative risk of loss for certain positions in asset securitizations. The final rule was effective on January 1, 2002. Any transactions settled on or after January 1, 2002, are subject to this final rule. Banking organizations that entered into transactions before January 1, 2002 were permitted to elect early adoption, as of November 29, 2001, of any provision of the final rule if such adoption resulted in reduced capital requirements. Conversely, banking organizations that entered into transactions before January 1, 2002 that resulted in increased capital requirements under the final rule may delay the application of this rule to those transactions until December 31, 2002. Washington Mutual elected early adoption of the final rule as of December 31, 2001. The overall impact was favorable to our capital position.
On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act. The Act includes numerous provisions designed to fight international money laundering and to block terrorist access to the U.S. financial system. The provisions generally affecting banking organizations relate to the relationships of such organizations with foreign banks and with individuals and entities who reside or are located outside the United States.
Regulation of Nonbanking Affiliates
As broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), WM Financial Services and our mutual fund distributor subsidiary are subject to various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities. As our registered investment advisor, WM Advisors is subject to various federal and state securities regulations and restrictions. A new subsidiary, WaMu Capital Corp., has applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASD for registration as a broker-dealer. WaMu Capital Corp. will be subject to the various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities.
The NASD has adopted rules concerning NASD member operations conducted in financial centers of depository institutions. The NASD requirements are substantially similar to the policy statements governing the activities of our securities affiliates previously issued by the various banking regulators.
Our consumer finance subsidiaries are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, including those relating to truth-in-lending, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting, real estate settlement procedures, debt collection practices and usury. The subsidiaries are subject to various state licensing and examination requirements.
20
Principal Officers
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the principal officers of Washington Mutual:
Principal Officers
|
Age
|
Capacity in Which Served
|
Employee of
Company Since |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Kerry K. Killinger | 52 | Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer | 1983 | |||
Craig J. Chapman | 45 | President, Specialty Finance Group | 1998 | |||
Fay L. Chapman | 55 | Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel | 1997 | |||
Jack A. Cornick | 55 | Executive Vice President and Interim President, Banking and Financial Services Group | 1968 | |||
Daryl D. David | 47 | Executive Vice President, Human Resources | 2000 | |||
Craig S. Davis | 50 | President, Home Loans and Insurance Services Group | 1996 | |||
William W. Ehrlich | 35 | Executive Vice President, Corporate Relations | 1993 | |||
Steven P. Freimuth | 45 | Senior Executive Vice President, Corporate Services | 1988 | |||
Jeremy V. Gross | 43 | Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer | 2001 | |||
William A. Longbrake | 58 | Vice Chair, Enterprise Risk Management and Chief Financial Officer | 1996 | |||
Robert H. Miles | 45 | Senior Vice President and Controller | 1999 | |||
Deanna W. Oppenheimer | 43 | President, Banking and Financial Services Group | 1985 | |||
Craig E. Tall | 56 | Vice Chair, Corporate Development and Specialty Finance Group | 1985 | |||
James G. Vanasek | 57 | Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer | 1999 |
Mr. Killinger is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual. He was named President and director in 1988, Chief Executive Officer in 1990 and Chairman in 1991. Mr. Killinger joined Washington Mutual as an Executive Vice President of WMB in 1983.
Mr. Chapman is President of Washington Mutual's Specialty Finance Group. He is responsible for overseeing the Commercial Real Estate and Specialty Lending units and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation. After joining Washington Mutual in 1998 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, he became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Previously, Mr. Chapman served as President of AMRESCO Residential Mortgage Corporation and spent seventeen years in various positions with Household Finance Corporation.
Ms. Chapman has been Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel since 1999. She became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a member of the Executive Committee in 1997. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Ms. Chapman was a partner with Foster Pepper & Shefelman PLLC, a Seattle, Washington law firm.
Mr. Cornick is an Executive Vice President of Washington Mutual and is serving as interim President of the Banking and Financial Services Group. He is responsible for consumer banking, financial services and business banking. Mr. Cornick, who has served 35 years with Washington Mutual, was named Senior Vice President in 1988 and Executive Vice President in 1997. He is also serving as an interim member of the Executive Committee from August 2001 to August 2002.
21
Mr. David joined Washington Mutual in 2000 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. He is responsible for talent acquisition, organizational capabilities, leadership development and rewards and benefits. Mr. David became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. He has more than 25 years of human resources management experience, most recently, at Amazon.com as Vice President of Strategic Growth and Human Resources.
Mr. Davis is President, Home Loans and Insurance Services Group. He is responsible for single family lending and insurance services. Mr. Davis became Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee in January 1997. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, he was Director of Mortgage Originations of American Savings Bank, F.A. from 1993 through 1996 and served as President of ASB Financial Services, Inc. from 1989 to 1993.
Mr. Ehrlich has been Executive Vice President, Corporate Relations and a member of the Executive Committee since 1999. He is responsible for overseeing the Company's corporate public relations, employee communications, government relations and investor relations. Mr. Ehrlich became Assistant Vice President of Corporate Communications in 1994 and Senior Vice President in 1998. He joined Washington Mutual as a public relations consultant in 1990.
Mr. Freimuth has been Senior Executive Vice President, Corporate Services since 1999. He is responsible for a variety of central corporate support areas, including human resources and credit oversight. Mr. Freimuth became Senior Vice President in 1991 and Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee in 1997. Mr. Freimuth joined WMB as a Vice President in 1988.
Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual in 2001 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for directing the Company's corporate technology strategy. Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual from Sydney, Australia-based Westpac Banking Corp. where he was Group Executive of Technology, Operations and eCommerce.
Mr. Longbrake has been Vice Chair and Chief Financial Officer since 1999. He is responsible for corporate finance and enterprise risk management. Mr. Longbrake rejoined Washington Mutual as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Executive Committee in October 1996. From March of 1995 through September of 1996, he served as Deputy to the Chairman for Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the FDIC. Mr. Longbrake became Vice Chair, Enterprise Risk Management and Chief Financial Officer in 2002.
Mr. Miles has been Senior Vice President and Controller since January 2001. He serves as Washington Mutual's principal accounting officer. Mr. Miles joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax in June 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Miles was Director, Domestic Taxes of BankBoston, N.A.
Ms. Oppenheimer is President of the Banking and Financial Services Group. She is responsible for consumer banking, financial services and business banking. Ms. Oppenheimer became Executive Vice President in 1993 and has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990. She has been an officer of the Company since 1985. From August 2001 through August 2002, Ms. Oppenheimer is on part-time status, but she continues to play a strategic role in the Company.
Mr. Tall is Vice Chair, Corporate Development and Specialty Finance Group. He is responsible for mergers and acquisitions, commercial real estate, specialty commercial lending, and the consumer finance subsidiaries. Mr. Tall became an Executive Vice President in 1987 and Vice Chair in 1999. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.
Mr. Vanasek is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer. He is responsible for overseeing all facets of the Company's credit risk management policies, strategies and performance. Mr. Vanasek became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Prior to joining Washington Mutual
22
in 1999, he spent eight years at the former Norwest Bank, in a variety of lending risk management positions including Chief Credit Officer.
The Company's headquarters are located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101. As of December 31, 2001, we conducted business in 41 states through approximately 2,200 physical distribution centers.
Additionally, significant administration offices that we owned or leased were as follows:
Location
|
Leased/Owned
|
Approximate
Square Footage |
Termination or
Renewal Date (1) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1201 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 310,000 | 2007 | |||
1191 2nd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 193,000 | 2006 | |||
1111 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 177,000 | 2006 | |||
2520 & 2530 223 rd St. SE, Bothell, WA | Leased | 106,000 | 2008 | |||
999 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 84,000 | 2005 | |||
1401 2nd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 83,000 | 2009 | |||
1101 2nd Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 77,000 | 2006 | |||
1501 4th Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 60,000 | 2010 | |||
1301 5th Ave., Seattle, WA | Leased | 58,000 | 2008 | |||
Northridge, CA (2) | Leased | 441,000 | 2005-2006 | |||
Stockton, CA (2) | Owned | 334,000 | n.a. | |||
Chatsworth, CA (2) | Owned | 323,000 | n.a. | |||
17875 & 17877 Von Karman, Irvine, CA | Owned | 290,000 | n.a. | |||
Chatsworth, CA (2) | Leased | 286,000 | 2002-2015 | |||
4150 N. Palm Dr., Fullerton, CA | Owned | 86,000 | n.a. | |||
7600 Dublin Blvd., Dublin, CA | Owned | 76,000 | n.a. | |||
1100 Town & Country Rd., Orange, CA | Leased | 72,000 | 2002 | |||
3351 Michaelson Dr., Irvine, CA | Leased | 53,000 | 2004 | |||
2601 10th Ave. N., Lake Worth, FL | Owned | 112,000 | n.a. | |||
333 E. Butterfield Rd., Lombard, IL | Leased | 105,000 | 2003 | |||
Vernon Hills, IL (2) | Leased | 81,000 | 2002-2006 | |||
2000 Oxford Dr., Bethel Park, PA | Leased | 71,000 | 2006 | |||
2210 Enterprise Dr., Florence, SC | Leased | 179,000 | 2008 | |||
3200 SW Freeway, Houston, TX | Leased | 384,000 | 2008 | |||
11200 W. Parkland Ave., Milwaukee, WI | Owned | 242,000 | n.a. |
We have certain litigation and negotiations in progress resulting from activities arising from normal operations. These include actions which are or purport to be class actions, some of which seek large damage awards. Nevertheless, in the opinion of management, none of the pending litigation matters is likely to have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2001.
23
Market for our Common Stock and Related Security Holder Matters
Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WM. As of March 1, 2002, there were 971,374,311 shares issued and outstanding held by 42,399 shareholders of record. The closing price of our common stock on March 1, 2002 was $33.24 per share. The information regarding high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company's common stock, and the quarterly cash dividends declared thereon, is set forth in this Form 10-K in the "Quarterly Results of Operations" table included under Supplementary Data and is expressly incorporated herein by reference.
24
Financial Review
Cautionary Statements
This section contains forward-looking statements, which are not historical facts and pertain to our future operating results. These forward-looking statements are within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements contained in this report that are not historical facts. When used in this report, the words "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs, such as "will," "would," "should," "could," or "may" are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements due to the following factors, among others: changes in business and economic conditions that negatively affect credit quality; concentration of operations in California; competition; changes in interest rates that could negatively affect the net interest margin and the expected duration of assets; and the effects of mergers and acquisitions.
Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
|
||||||||||||||||
Income Statement Data | |||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 6,876 | $ | 4,311 | $ | 4,452 | $ | 4,292 | $ | 3,916 | |||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 575 | 185 | 167 | 162 | 247 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest income | 2,627 | 1,984 | 1,509 | 1,507 | 980 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest expense | 4,617 | 3,126 | 2,910 | 3,268 | 3,111 | ||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item | 4,311 | 2,984 | 2,884 | 2,369 | 1,538 | ||||||||||||
Extraordinary item gain on extinguishment of repurchase agreements, net of taxes of $239 million in 2001 | 382 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Net income | 3,114 | 1,899 | 1,817 | 1,487 | 885 | ||||||||||||
Net income attributable to common stock | 3,107 | 1,899 | 1,817 | 1,471 | 830 | ||||||||||||
Net income per common share (1) : | |||||||||||||||||
Basic | 3.65 | 2.37 | 2.12 | 1.74 | 1.04 | ||||||||||||
Diluted | 3.59 | 2.36 | 2.11 | 1.71 | 1.01 | ||||||||||||
Average diluted common shares used to calculate earnings per share (in thousands) (1) | 864,658 | 804,695 | 861,830 | 867,843 | 835,139 | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared per common share (1) | 0.90 | 0.76 | 0.65 | 0.49 | 0.44 | ||||||||||||
Common stock dividend payout ratio (2) | 24.66 | % | 32.07 | % | 30.82 | % | 27.97 | % | 42.31 | % | |||||||
Return on average assets | 1.38 | 1.01 | 1.04 | 0.96 | 0.63 | ||||||||||||
Return on average common stockholders' equity | 23.53 | 21.15 | 19.66 | 16.67 | 11.95 | ||||||||||||
Net interest margin | 3.32 | 2.38 | 2.63 | 2.88 | 2.91 |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
|||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | $ | 242,506 | $ | 194,716 | $ | 186,514 | $ | 165,493 | $ | 143,522 | ||||||
Securities | 58,349 | 58,724 | 60,786 | 47,046 | 37,025 | |||||||||||
Loans held for sale | 23,842 | 3,404 | 794 | 1,827 | 1,141 | |||||||||||
Loans held in portfolio | 132,991 | 119,626 | 113,746 | 107,612 | 97,550 | |||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights | 6,241 | 1,017 | 643 | 461 | 311 | |||||||||||
Deposits | 107,182 | 79,574 | 81,130 | 85,492 | 83,429 | |||||||||||
Other borrowings | 12,576 | 9,930 | 6,203 | 4,630 | 7,175 | |||||||||||
Redeemable preferred stock | 102 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 14,063 | 10,166 | 9,053 | 9,344 | 7,601 | |||||||||||
Ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets | 5.80 | % | 5.22 | % | 4.85 | % | 5.65 | % | 5.30 | % | ||||||
Ratio of average stockholders' equity to average total assets | 5.85 | % | 4.79 | % | 5.29 | % | 5.77 | % | 5.41 | % | ||||||
Book value per common share (1)(2) | $ | 16.45 | $ | 12.84 | $ | 10.78 | $ | 10.71 | $ | 9.20 | ||||||
Number of common shares outstanding at end of period (in thousands) (1)(2) | 855,089 | 791,784 | 839,384 | 872,113 | 826,035 |
25
Overview
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented elsewhere in this report.
The acquisitions of Bank United and the mortgage operations of PNC added approximately $26 billion in assets during the first quarter of 2001. The acquisition of Fleet Mortgage Corp., a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., and certain other mortgage lending operations of Fleet National Bank (collectively, "Fleet") added approximately $8 billion in assets during the second quarter of 2001. These acquisitions contributed significantly to the growth in our mortgage banking business, and accordingly, resulted in significant increases in our MSR and loan servicing portfolios. Largely due to these acquisitions, the balance of MSR increased from $1.02 billion at December 31, 2000 to $6.24 billion at December 31, 2001 and the loan servicing portfolio with MSR increased from $79.34 billion at December 31, 2000 to $378.38 billion at December 31, 2001.
Variances in the amounts reported on the Statements of Income between 2001 and prior years are partially attributable to the results from the aforementioned acquisitions, which are referred to hereafter as the "Acquired Companies." These acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions. Consequently, the results of those operations are included prospectively from the date of acquisition.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for using the purchase method. SFAS No. 142 became effective January 1, 2002 and eliminates the amortization of goodwill relating to past and future acquisitions (except that goodwill related to business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and consummated before January 1, 2002 was not required to be amortized). Instead, goodwill is subject to an impairment assessment that must be performed upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 and at least annually thereafter.
The impairment assessment in connection with the initial adoption of SFAS No. 142 did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. For acquisitions initiated prior to July 1, 2001, pretax goodwill amortization of approximately $110 million will no longer be expensed. Certain other identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized.
In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . SFAS No. 143 addresses the accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible, long-lived assets. The Statement is effective January 1, 2003 and is not expected to have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The Statement supercedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of , but retains the requirements relating to recognition and measurement of an impairment loss and resolves certain implementation issues resulting from SFAS No. 121. The Statement became effective January 1, 2002 and is not expected to have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
26
Critical Accounting Policies
Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In particular, we have identified three policies that, due to the judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, are critical to an understanding of our financial statements. These policies relate to the valuation of our MSR, the methodology for the determination of our allowance for loan and lease losses and the valuation of derivatives under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . These policies and the judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis and in the notes to the financial statements included herein. In particular, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" describes generally our accounting policies and Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Mortgage Banking Activities" provides details of the assumptions used in valuing our MSR and the effect of changes to certain of those assumptions. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.
Earnings Performance
Net Interest Income
Net interest income increased $2.57 billion, or 59% in 2001 from 2000. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a significant improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin was 3.32% for 2001, compared with 2.38% for 2000. The increase in the margin was primarily due to significantly lower wholesale borrowing rates during 2001, as compared with 2000. Since our wholesale borrowing rates are closely correlated with interest rate policy changes made by the Federal Reserve and reprice more quickly to current market rates than our interest-earning assets, the margin benefited from the Federal Reserve's 475 basis point reduction in the Federal Funds rate, which declined from 6.50% in December 2000 to 1.75% in December 2001. The increase in deposits (a cost-effective funding source for asset growth), coupled with lower rates, also benefited the margin in 2001. An increase in average interest-earning assets, primarily resulting from the addition of the Bank United loan portfolio and the mortgage banking operations of the Acquired Companies, also contributed to the growth in net interest income.
Net interest income decreased $141 million, or 3% in 2000 compared with 1999. The decline in net interest income for 2000 was primarily due to the decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by an increase in average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin was 2.38% for 2000, compared with 2.63% for 1999. The decrease in the margin occurred due to the rising interest rate environment that existed during the first half of 2000. From November 1999 to May 2000, the Federal Funds rate increased 100 basis points to 6.50%, which caused our wholesale borrowing costs to increase accordingly.
Interest income included hedging-related expense from stand alone derivatives of $7 million in 2001. Interest expense in 2001 included net hedging-related income from derivatives embedded in repurchase agreements of $69 million, largely offset by hedging-related expense of $54 million from stand alone derivatives.
27
Certain average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates, were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Average
Balance |
Rate
|
Interest
Income or Expense |
Average
Balance |
Rate
|
Interest
Income or Expense |
Average
Balance |
Rate
|
Interest
Income or Expense |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans (1) (2) : | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 98,494 | 7.01 | % | $ | 6,908 | $ | 81,471 | 7.40 | % | $ | 6,028 | $ | 82,568 | 6.96 | % | $ | 5,743 | ||||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (3) | 9,054 | 9.96 | 902 | 5,352 | 10.42 | 557 | 2,390 | 10.72 | 256 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total SFR | 107,548 | 7.26 | 7,810 | 86,823 | 7.59 | 6,585 | 84,958 | 7.06 | 5,999 | |||||||||||||||||||
SFR construction (4) | 2,731 | 8.09 | 221 | 1,331 | 9.51 | 127 | 1,077 | 8.64 | 93 | |||||||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 8,201 | 8.37 | 686 | 5,613 | 8.99 | 505 | 3,630 | 8.63 | 313 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other | 3,957 | 13.64 | 540 | 3,777 | 14.39 | 543 | 4,106 | 13.43 | 551 | |||||||||||||||||||
Commercial business | 4,856 | 7.13 | 349 | 1,794 | 9.42 | 169 | 1,242 | 8.65 | 108 | |||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 16,487 | 7.73 | 1,274 | 15,507 | 7.85 | 1,218 | 14,554 | 7.05 | 1,026 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 4,534 | 7.75 | 353 | 2,897 | 8.32 | 241 | 3,292 | 7.84 | 258 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans | 148,314 | 7.57 | 11,233 | 117,742 | 7.97 | 9,388 | 112,859 | 7.40 | 8,348 | |||||||||||||||||||
MBS (5) | 41,430 | 6.95 | 2,875 | 58,469 | 6.97 | 4,078 | 52,293 | 6.68 | 3,493 | |||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities and other (5) | 17,625 | 5.43 | 957 | 4,598 | 6.90 | 317 | 3,884 | 5.68 | 221 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets | 207,369 | 7.26 | 15,065 | 180,809 | 7.62 | 13,783 | 169,036 | 7.14 | 12,062 | |||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-earning assets | 18,204 | 6,763 | 5,750 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 225,573 | $ | 187,572 | $ | 174,786 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking accounts | $ | 23,502 | 0.51 | 119 | $ | 14,120 | 0.46 | 65 | $ | 13,645 | 0.60 | 82 | ||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts and money market deposit accounts ("MMDAs") | 34,168 | 3.00 | 1,017 | 29,816 | 4.05 | 1,207 | 30,267 | 4.82 | 1,460 | |||||||||||||||||||
Time deposit accounts | 38,852 | 5.04 | 1,958 | 36,340 | 5.55 | 2,018 | 39,183 | 4.16 | 1,628 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total deposits | 96,522 | 3.21 | 3,094 | 80,276 | 4.10 | 3,290 | 83,095 | 3.82 | 3,170 | |||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") | 29,582 | 4.04 | 1,196 | 28,491 | 6.33 | 1,804 | 26,082 | 5.36 | 1,397 | |||||||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLBs | 63,859 | 4.58 | 2,924 | 56,979 | 6.33 | 3,608 | 47,008 | 5.37 | 2,522 | |||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper | 4,806 | 4.11 | 198 | 3,442 | 6.52 | 224 | 2,421 | 5.19 | 126 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other | 13,289 | 5.85 | 777 | 7,198 | 7.59 | 546 | 4,958 | 7.97 | 395 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total borrowings | 111,536 | 4.57 | 5,095 | 96,110 | 6.43 | 6,182 | 80,469 | 5.52 | 4,440 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 208,058 | 3.93 | 8,189 | 176,386 | 5.37 | 9,472 | 163,564 | 4.66 | 7,610 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing liabilities | 4,308 | 2,207 | 1,978 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 212,366 | 178,593 | 165,542 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 13,207 | 8,979 | 9,244 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 225,573 | $ | 187,572 | $ | 174,786 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest spread and net interest income | 3.33 | $ | 6,876 | 2.25 | $ | 4,311 | 2.48 | $ | 4,452 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin | 3.32 | 2.38 | 2.63 |
28
The dollar amounts of interest income and interest expense fluctuate depending upon changes in interest rates and upon changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average outstanding balances multiplied by the prior period's rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in average interest rate multiplied by the prior period's volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate times the change in volume) which were allocated proportionately to the changes in volume and the changes in rate and included in the relevant column below were as follows:
|
2001 vs. 2000
|
2000 vs. 1999
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to |
|
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Change
|
Total Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Income | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | |||||||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 1,207 | $ | (327 | ) | $ | 880 | $ | (77 | ) | $ | 362 | $ | 285 | |||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 370 | (25 | ) | 345 | 309 | (8 | ) | 301 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total SFR | 1,577 | (352 | ) | 1,225 | 232 | 354 | 586 | ||||||||||||||||
SFR construction (2) | 115 | (21 | ) | 94 | 24 | 10 | 34 | ||||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 218 | (37 | ) | 181 | 178 | 14 | 192 | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 26 | (29 | ) | (3 | ) | (46 | ) | 38 | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||
Commercial business | 229 | (49 | ) | 180 | 51 | 10 | 61 | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 76 | (20 | ) | 56 | 70 | 122 | 192 | ||||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 129 | (17 | ) | 112 | (32 | ) | 15 | (17 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total loans | 2,370 | (525 | ) | 1,845 | 477 | 563 | 1,040 | ||||||||||||||||
MBS | (1,182 | ) | (21 | ) | (1,203 | ) | 426 | 159 | 585 | ||||||||||||||
Investment securities and other | 720 | (80 | ) | 640 | 49 | 47 | 96 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total interest income | 1,908 | (626 | ) | 1,282 | 952 | 769 | 1,721 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest Expense | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Checking accounts | 47 | 7 | 54 | 3 | (20 | ) | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Savings accounts and MMDAs | 159 | (349 | ) | (190 | ) | (21 | ) | (232 | ) | (253 | ) | ||||||||||||
Time deposit accounts | 134 | (194 | ) | (60 | ) | (125 | ) | 515 | 390 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total deposit expense | 340 | (536 | ) | (196 | ) | (143 | ) | 263 | 120 | ||||||||||||||
Borrowings: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | 66 | (674 | ) | (608 | ) | 137 | 270 | 407 | |||||||||||||||
Advances from FHLBs | 399 | (1,083 | ) | (684 | ) | 587 | 499 | 1,086 | |||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper | 73 | (99 | ) | (26 | ) | 61 | 37 | 98 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 379 | (148 | ) | 231 | 171 | (20 | ) | 151 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total borrowing expense | 917 | (2,004 | ) | (1,087 | ) | 956 | 786 | 1,742 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total interest expense | 1,257 | (2,540 | ) | (1,283 | ) | 813 | 1,049 | 1,862 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 651 | $ | 1,914 | $ | 2,565 | $ | 139 | $ | (280 | ) | $ | (141 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
Percentage Change
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||
|
2001/
2000 |
2000/
1999 |
||||||||||||||
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Depositor and other retail banking fees | $ | 1,290 | $ | 976 | $ | 764 | 32 | % | 28 | % | ||||||
Securities fees and commissions | 303 | 318 | 271 | (5 | ) | 17 | ||||||||||
Insurance income | 100 | 49 | 43 | 104 | 14 | |||||||||||
SFR mortgage banking (expense) income: | ||||||||||||||||
Loan servicing fees | 1,375 | 295 | 291 | 366 | 1 | |||||||||||
Amortization of MSR | (1,006 | ) | (133 | ) | (88 | ) | 656 | 51 | ||||||||
Impairment of MSR | (1,749 | ) | (9 | ) | 4 | - | - | |||||||||
Other, net | (141 | ) | (19 | ) | (109 | ) | 642 | (83 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net SFR loan servicing (expense) income | (1,521 | ) | 134 | 98 | - | 37 | ||||||||||
Loan related income | 156 | 35 | 30 | 346 | 17 | |||||||||||
Gain from mortgage loans | 963 | 262 | 109 | 268 | 140 | |||||||||||
Gain from sale of originated MBS | 117 | 2 | - | - | - | |||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total SFR mortgage banking (expense) income | (285 | ) | 433 | 237 | - | 83 | ||||||||||
Portfolio loan related income | 193 | 82 | 73 | 135 | 12 | |||||||||||
Gain (loss) from other securities | 744 | (3 | ) | (12 | ) | - | 75 | |||||||||
Other income | 282 | 129 | 133 | 119 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total noninterest income | $ | 2,627 | $ | 1,984 | $ | 1,509 | 32 | 31 | ||||||||
|
|
|
SFR Mortgage Banking Income
The increase in SFR loan servicing fees for 2001, as compared with 2000, was substantially the result of the addition of the loan servicing portfolios of the Acquired Companies. The acquisitions also resulted in a substantial increase in MSR, which grew from $1.02 billion at December 31, 2000 to $6.24 billion at December 31, 2001. The Acquired Companies added $4.82 billion to our MSR portfolio at the time of the acquisitions. Our loan servicing portfolio with MSR increased by $299.04 billion to $378.38 billion at December 31, 2001. Of this increase, $255.43 billion was attributable to the Acquired Companies.
Total servicing portfolio by type, excluding retained MBS without MSR and owned loans, was as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Unpaid Principal
Balance |
Weighted Average
Servicing Fee |
||||
|
(in millions)
|
(in basis points, annualized)
|
||||
Government | $ | 61,541 | 52 | |||
Agency | 242,075 | 45 | ||||
Private | 69,996 | 51 | ||||
Specialty home loans | 8,888 | 50 | ||||
|
||||||
Total servicing portfolio, excluding retained MBS without MSR and owned loans | $ | 382,500 | * | 47 | ||
|
30
MSR impairment was $1.75 billion in 2001 and MSR amortization was $1.01 billion in 2001, representing increases of $1.74 billion and $873 million, respectively, from 2000 primarily as a result of the growth in MSR and higher actual prepayment volumes and anticipated prepayment rates during 2001. Long-term mortgage interest rates declined and remained low during much of the year resulting in high levels of refinancing activity that in turn led to higher actual prepayment volumes and anticipated prepayment rates within our mortgage servicing portfolio.
The value of our MSR asset is subject to prepayment risk. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in our servicing portfolio will not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than we anticipate. Moreover, since most loans within our servicing portfolio do not contain penalty provisions for early payoff, we will not receive a corresponding economic benefit if the loan pays off earlier than expected. MSR are the discounted present value of the future net cash flows we expect to receive from our servicing portfolio. Accordingly, prepayment risk subjects our MSR to impairment.
In measuring impairment of MSR, we stratify the loans in our servicing portfolio based on loan type, coupon rate and other predetermined characteristics. We measure MSR impairment by estimating the fair value of each stratum. An impairment allowance for a stratum is recorded when, and in the amount by which, its fair value is less than its carrying value. We estimate fair value using a discounted cash flow (DCF) model, independent third-party appraisals and management's analysis of observable data to formulate conclusions about anticipated changes in future market conditions, including interest rates. The DCF model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, about which management must make assumptions based on future expectations. The reasonableness of management's assumptions about these factors is confirmed through independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than annually, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the value conclusions.
Our methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, our determination of fair value uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on our risk. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to "Market Risk Management" for discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed and to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured. For a quantitative analysis of key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of MSR, and a sensitivity analysis based on changes to those assumptions, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Mortgage Banking Activities."
Although low mortgage interest rates caused prepayment levels to rise, they also allowed us to generate strong levels of salable fixed-rate loan volume. This resulted in a gain from mortgage loans of $963 million during 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, on January 1, 2001 had the effect of accelerating gains from mortgage loans by $217 million during the year. The increase in gain from mortgage loans in 2000, as compared with 1999, was largely the result of the sale of $12.90 billion of loans previously held in portfolio.
We recorded a gain from other securities of $744 million in 2001. Of this gain, $643 million represented sales of fixed-rate U.S. Government agency and treasury bonds. Since these fixed-rate securities generally benefit from declining interest rates, they were sold to partially offset MSR impairment. To further offset the impairment, we liquidated certain repurchase agreements with embedded interest rate floors, which resulted in a pretax gain, accounted for on a net-of-tax basis as an extraordinary item under current accounting rules, of $621 million.
The FASB is nearing the completion of a statement that would eliminate the requirement that all forms of gains or losses on debt extinguishments, such as the liquidation of repurchase agreements, be
31
reported as extraordinary items. The early termination of repurchase agreements constitutes a normal part of our asset and liability management strategy. Upon adoption of that statement, gains or losses on debt extinguishments that are considered to be part of our normal business operations would be allowed to be reported as a component of noninterest income or noninterest expense for all financial statement periods presented.
All Other Noninterest Income Analysis
The increase in depositor and other retail banking fees during 2001 and 2000 was predominantly due to higher collections of nonsufficient funds and other fees that resulted from an increased number of checking accounts. The number of checking accounts increased by more than one million during 2001 to approximately 6 million accounts and over 500,000 during 2000 to approximately 5 million accounts.
The decrease in securities fees and commissions from 2001 compared with 2000 was due to lower sales of investment products, including variable annuities, largely the result of continued investor uncertainty regarding the stock market. Offsetting this decline was a significant increase in fees from the sale of fixed annuities. In addition, this decline was also offset by an $11 million increase in asset management fees. Funds under management totaled $11.58 billion at December 31, 2001, up from $9.70 billion at December 31, 2000 and $8.32 billion at December 31, 1999. We earned more investment management fees in 2000, as compared with 1999, due to the growth in assets under management in the WM Group of Funds, and recognized higher commission income from increased volume of securities transactions.
Insurance income increased during 2001 primarily due to growth in our captive reinsurance programs. Acquisitions also contributed to an increase in revenues in optional insurance and property and casualty insurance products.
A large portion of the growth in portfolio loan related income during 2001 was due to increased late charges on the loan portfolio and higher loan prepayment fees as a result of the higher level of refinancing activity within our loan portfolio. The increase from 1999 to 2000 resulted from higher levels of late charges and higher prepayment fees, primarily due to the growth of the purchased specialty mortgage finance portfolio.
The increase in other income during 2001 included an increase of $37 million from our bank-owned life insurance program, which was initially funded in the second quarter of 2000. In addition, the increase includes a $34 million net gain from the sale of 13 financial centers and a gain of $32 million on Concord EFS, Inc. ("Concord") stock. We donated the Concord stock to the Washington Mutual Foundation; therefore, there is a similar increase in "other expense."
32
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
Percentage Change
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||
|
2001/
2000 |
2000/
1999 |
|||||||||||||
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Compensation and benefits | $ | 1,924 | $ | 1,348 | $ | 1,223 | 43 | % | 10 | % | |||||
Occupancy and equipment | 804 | 604 | 575 | 33 | 5 | ||||||||||
Telecommunications and outsourced
information services |
441 | 323 | 276 | 37 | 17 | ||||||||||
Professional fees | 201 | 101 | 76 | 99 | 33 | ||||||||||
Advertising and promotion | 185 | 132 | 111 | 40 | 19 | ||||||||||
Amortization of goodwill and other
intangible assets |
172 | 106 | 98 | 62 | 8 | ||||||||||
Depositor and other retail banking losses | 144 | 105 | 107 | 37 | (2 | ) | |||||||||
Postage | 136 | 98 | 89 | 39 | 10 | ||||||||||
Loan expense | 126 | 50 | 33 | 152 | 52 | ||||||||||
Travel and training | 112 | 63 | 55 | 78 | 15 | ||||||||||
Other expense | 372 | 196 | 267 | 90 | (27 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense | $ | 4,617 | $ | 3,126 | $ | 2,910 | 48 | 7 | |||||||
|
|
|
Employee base compensation and benefits expense increased during 2001 due primarily to the addition of the Acquired Companies and the hiring of additional staff to support our expanding operations. Full-time equivalent employees ("FTE") were 39,465 at December 31, 2001, compared with 28,798 at December 31, 2000 and 28,509 at December 31, 1999. During the first quarter of 2002, the acquisition of Dime added approximately 6,900 FTE. We therefore expect employee base compensation and benefits expense to increase in 2002.
The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2001 resulted primarily from rent, maintenance, and depreciation expense on newly leased or acquired properties, including those of the Acquired Companies. The increase during 2000 was mostly due to computer equipment upgrades.
A significant portion of the increase in telecommunications and outsourced information services expense during 2001 was attributable to higher rates, effective at the beginning of the year, with a third party service provider. Additionally, the Company added 194 financial centers as a result of acquisitions and the opening of Occasio financial centers in new markets, which also contributed to higher telecommunications expense. In 2000, the majority of the increase reflected higher use of outsourced data processing. During 2002, the Company plans to open approximately 120 additional financial centers. We anticipate that this will result in higher telecommunication and outsourced information services expense in 2002.
The increase in professional fees in 2001 was predominantly the result of higher consulting and other professional service fees from various technology projects as well as the development of our website, a new loan origination platform and new products. In 2000, the increase was attributable to various consulting projects designed to streamline our processes and procedures as well as to develop and deliver new products.
The increase in advertising and promotion expense during 2001 and 2000 was primarily due to additional costs associated with campaigns for various loan and deposit products and our expansion into new markets.
33
Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets increased in 2001 primarily due to the Acquired Companies. Upon adopting SFAS No. 142 at January 1, 2002, goodwill amortization was eliminated.
The increase in depositor and other retail banking losses in 2001 was primarily the result of growth in new checking accounts and an increase in the number of ATMs.
The increase in loan expense in 2001 and 2000 was mostly due to higher closing costs associated with increased loan originations, as a result of increased refinancing activity and the acquisition of the Acquired Companies.
The increase in other expense in 2001 was primarily due to increases in contributions to the Washington Mutual Foundation, provision for losses on delinquent FHA and VA loans repurchased from GNMA, and other outside services expense. The major portion of the decrease from 1999 to 2000 was due to the elimination of FDIC insurance premiums on customer deposits.
Review of Financial Condition
Assets. At December 31, 2001, our assets were $242.51 billion, an increase of $47.79 billion or 25% from $194.72 billion at December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily attributable to the Acquired Companies.
Securities. Securities consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||
Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $58,783 and $42,288: | ||||||||
MBS | $ | 28,568 | $ | 40,349 | ||||
Other investment securities | 29,781 | 1,810 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total available-for-sale securities | $ | 58,349 | $ | 42,159 | ||||
|
|
|||||||
Held-to-maturity securities, total fair value of zero and $16,486: | ||||||||
MBS | $ | - | $ | 16,428 | ||||
Other investment securities | - | 137 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total held-to-maturity securities | $ | - | $ | 16,565 | ||||
|
|
Upon adopting SFAS No. 133 at January 1, 2001, we reclassified our held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale. Our combined MBS portfolio declined $28.21 billion to $28.57 billion at December 31, 2001 from $56.78 billion at December 31, 2000. This decrease was principally related to high prepayment activity and sales in 2001. Other investment securities increased $27.83 billion to $29.78 billion at December 31, 2001 from $1.95 billion at December 31, 2000 due to the purchase of U.S. Government agency and treasury bonds. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Securities" for additional information on securities, classified by security type.
34
Loans. Total loans consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
|||||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | $ | 23,842 | $ | 3,404 | $ | 794 | $ | 1,827 | $ | 1,141 | ||||||||
Loans held in portfolio: | ||||||||||||||||||
SFR | 82,021 | 80,181 | 79,834 | 79,275 | 71,020 | |||||||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 9,821 | 6,783 | 4,452 | 722 | 529 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total SFR loans | 91,842 | 86,964 | 84,286 | 79,997 | 71,549 | |||||||||||||
SFR construction: | ||||||||||||||||||
Builder (2) | 2,127 | 1,040 | 729 | 505 | 401 | |||||||||||||
Custom (3) | 475 | 391 | 514 | 515 | 476 | |||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 9,320 | 6,521 | 4,822 | 3,845 | 3,468 | |||||||||||||
Other | 3,728 | 3,957 | 3,705 | 3,486 | 3,245 | |||||||||||||
Commercial business | 5,390 | 2,274 | 1,452 | 1,129 | 838 | |||||||||||||
Commercial real estate (4) : | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 15,608 | 15,657 | 15,261 | 14,559 | 14,022 | |||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 4,501 | 2,822 | 2,977 | 3,576 | 3,551 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total loans held in portfolio | $ | 132,991 | $ | 119,626 | $ | 113,746 | $ | 107,612 | $ | 97,550 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
SFR construction, commercial real estate construction and commercial business loans by maturity date were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Due
Within One Year |
After One But
Within Five Years |
After
Five Years |
Total
|
||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||||
SFR construction: | ||||||||||||||
ARMs | $ | 549 | $ | 1,233 | $ | 41 | $ | 1,823 | ||||||
Fixed-rate | 131 | 102 | 546 | 779 | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate construction: | ||||||||||||||
ARMs | 22 | 722 | 130 | 874 | ||||||||||
Fixed-rate | 5 | 50 | 64 | 119 | ||||||||||
Commercial business: | ||||||||||||||
ARMs | 650 | 2,437 | 1,124 | 4,211 | ||||||||||
Fixed-rate | 126 | 203 | 850 | 1,179 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,483 | $ | 4,747 | $ | 2,755 | $ | 8,985 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The increase in loans held for sale was substantially the result of higher fixed-rate loan production, which occurred due to lower mortgage rates and the addition of the mortgage operations of the Acquired Companies. The reduction in mortgage rates also led to substantially higher volumes of refinancing activity. Loan applications increased beginning in the second half of the first quarter of 2001 and remained high throughout the year.
35
The increase in loans held in portfolio was substantially due to the acquisition of Bank United. This increase was partially offset by higher levels of prepayment activity within our SFR (excluding specialty mortgage finance) portfolio.
Loan volume was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||
SFR: | ||||||||
ARMs | $ | 37,224 | $ | 37,286 | ||||
Fixed rate | 107,538 | 6,631 | ||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 11,059 | 8,501 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total SFR loan volume | 155,821 | 52,418 | ||||||
SFR construction: | ||||||||
Builder (2) | 2,244 | 1,210 | ||||||
Custom (3) | 630 | 639 | ||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | ||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 7,747 | 4,449 | ||||||
Other | 2,321 | 2,897 | ||||||
Commercial business | 2,650 | 2,695 | ||||||
Commercial real estate: | ||||||||
Multi-family | 2,053 | 1,601 | ||||||
Other commercial real estate | 570 | 358 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total loan volume | $ | 174,036 | $ | 66,267 | ||||
|
|
Loan volume by channel was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Originated | $ | 111,128 | $ | 59,263 | |||
Purchased/Correspondent | 62,908 | 7,004 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total loan volume by channel | $ | 174,036 | $ | 66,267 | |||
|
|
36
Refinancing activity (1) was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
SFR: | |||||||
ARMs | $ | 27,300 | $ | 13,299 | |||
Fixed rate | 70,255 | 1,554 | |||||
SFR construction | 31 | 22 | |||||
Commercial real estate | 1,580 | 1,020 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total refinances | $ | 99,166 | $ | 15,895 | |||
|
|
The increased volume of purchased/correspondent loans during 2001 was predominantly due to the mortgage operations of PNC and Fleet, which added $28.58 billion and $26.55 billion, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2001. Purchases of specialty mortgage finance loans were $5.05 billion in 2001 compared with $4.01 billion in 2000.
Deposits. Deposits consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||
Checking accounts: | ||||||||
Interest bearing | $ | 15,350 | $ | 5,925 | ||||
Noninterest bearing | 22,386 | 8,575 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
37,736 | 14,500 | |||||||
Savings accounts | 6,970 | 5,436 | ||||||
MMDAs | 25,514 | 25,220 | ||||||
Time deposit accounts | 36,962 | 34,418 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total deposits | $ | 107,182 | $ | 79,574 | ||||
|
|
Deposits increased to $107.18 billion at December 31, 2001 from $79.57 billion at December 31, 2000. As a result of the acquisition of Bank United, we added $7.70 billion in retail deposits for the year. At December 31, 2001, total deposits included $12.79 billion in custodial/escrow deposits related to loan servicing activities, compared with $1.32 billion at December 31, 2000. Escrow deposits increased in 2001 due to our expanded mortgage banking operations. Time deposit accounts increased by $2.54 billion from year-end 2000 substantially due to the commencement in July 2001 of our Institutional Certificate of Deposit program, which totaled $2.38 billion at December 31, 2001. This program, with an authorized size of $15 billion, offers fixed or floating rate certificates of deposit to institutional investors. Terms range from seven days to five years, and the minimum denomination offered is $100,000.
Checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDAs ("transaction deposits") increased to 66% of total deposits at December 31, 2001, compared with 57% at year-end 2000. These three products generally have the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with time deposit accounts. The increase in deposits and the continuing migration towards transaction deposits have benefited our cost of funds and net interest margin. Even though these deposits are more liquid, we consider them to be the core relationship with our customers, as they provide a more stable source of long-term funding than time deposits. At December 31, 2001, deposits funded 44% of total assets, compared with 41% at year-end 2000.
37
Time deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $6.92 billion and $8.75 billion at December 31, 2001 and 2000. At December 31, 2001, $2.33 billion of these deposits mature within three months, $1.45 billion mature in over three to six months, $1.37 billion mature in over six months to one year, and $1.77 billion mature after one year.
Borrowings. Our borrowings mostly take the form of repurchase agreements and advances from the Federal Home Loan Banks of Seattle, San Francisco and Dallas. The exact mix at any given time is dependent upon the market pricing of the individual borrowing sources.
Our wholesale borrowings increased by $13.59 billion at December 31, 2001, compared with year-end 2000. Other borrowings also increased by $2.65 billion during 2001 predominantly due to the issuance of senior and subordinated debt, and Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM ("PIERS SM "). Refer to "Liquidity" for further discussion of these funding sources.
Asset Quality
Nonaccrual Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Restructured Loans.
Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are four payments or more past due or when the timely collection of the principal or interest, in whole or in part, is not expected. Management's classification of a loan as nonaccrual or restructured does not necessarily indicate that the principal of the loan is uncollectible in whole or in part.
Nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets ("nonperforming assets") and restructured loans consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
|||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Nonaccrual loans: | ||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 1,041 | $ | 509 | $ | 572 | $ | 689 | $ | 744 | ||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 415 | 179 | 57 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total SFR nonaccrual loans | 1,456 | 688 | 629 | 691 | 746 | |||||||||||||
SFR construction: | ||||||||||||||||||
Builder (2) | 26 | 16 | 15 | 7 | 10 | |||||||||||||
Custom (3) | 10 | 2 | 3 | 2 | - | |||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 44 | 32 | 27 | 21 | 11 | |||||||||||||
Other | 104 | 85 | 72 | 69 | 67 | |||||||||||||
Commercial business | 159 | 12 | 10 | 7 | 3 | |||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 56 | 10 | 21 | 44 | 38 | |||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 298 | 21 | 20 | 33 | 58 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total nonaccrual loans | 2,153 | 866 | 797 | 874 | 933 | |||||||||||||
Foreclosed assets | 228 | 153 | 199 | 275 | 341 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming assets | $ | 2,381 | $ | 1,019 | $ | 996 | $ | 1,149 | $ | 1,274 | ||||||||
As a percentage of total assets | 0.98 | % | 0.52 | % | 0.53 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.89 | % | ||||||||
Restructured loans |
|
$ |
118 |
|
$ |
120 |
|
$ |
117 |
|
$ |
179 |
|
$ |
183 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans | $ | 2,499 | $ | 1,139 | $ | 1,113 | $ | 1,328 | $ | 1,457 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
38
Nonaccrual loans increased to $2.15 billion at December 31, 2001 from $866 million at December 31, 2000. Of the increase in nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2001, approximately $634 million was attributable to loans originated by the Acquired Companies. These loans are concentrated in the SFR, commercial business and commercial real estate loan categories.
SFR loans (excluding specialty mortgage finance) on nonaccrual status increased by $532 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. This increase is attributable to loans originated by the Acquired Companies' lending channels, loans repurchased from investors in conjunction with our expanded mortgage banking operations (which includes loans originated through correspondent channels) and internal portfolio activity.
The SFR portfolio consists of loans within all regions of the country and has been impacted by the national economic decline. During the year, general economic conditions have deteriorated as evidenced by the increase in the national unemployment rate from 4.0% at December 31, 2000 to 5.8% at December 31, 2001.
Management anticipates that SFR nonaccrual loans will continue to increase in light of softening economic conditions and has taken steps to minimize our exposure through enhanced default management processes. Additionally, we have taken steps to reduce risk through the implementation of more stringent credit standards for new transactions, including the adoption of lower limits on loan-to-value ratios, particularly in markets that have recently experienced significant price appreciation or reflect a high probability of price depreciation. Revised policy limits relating to refinancing transactions have also been adopted. As of December 31, 2001, approximately 6% of the nonaccrual portfolio has a current loan-to-value ratio above 80% for which no private mortgage insurance coverage exists.
The increase in specialty mortgage finance loans on nonaccrual status is attributable to the continued growth and seasoning of loans within this category. Increased nonaccrual amounts are likely as portfolio growth continues and existing loans season.
In the commercial real estate portfolio, approximately $236 million of the Company's healthcare loans have been placed on nonaccrual status. While the majority of these loans continues to meet contractual payment performance requirements, concerns over the future timely collection of principal and interest supported their transfer to nonaccrual status. These loans are secured by healthcare properties located throughout the United States. We have taken steps to reduce our exposure in this lending activity and have assigned the responsibility for these relationships to our Asset Management Group, which specializes in the management of complex and/or troubled credits.
In the commercial business portfolio, we continue to closely monitor small business loans originated by Bank United. These consist primarily of Small Business Administration loans and have experienced significant increases in nonaccrual loans. As of December 31, 2001, this portfolio totaled $493 million, of which nonaccrual loans were $61 million. We continue to closely monitor loans in the nationally syndicated loan portfolio, including shared national credits. We have placed our $53 million interest in seven of these loans on nonaccrual status as of the year end, and additional nonaccrual loans in this category are likely.
Our portfolio of multi-family loans, which comprise 78% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio at December 31, 2001, continues to perform well. At December 31, 2001, nonaccrual loans in this category represented 0.36% of total multi-family loans. Two loans totaling $34 million that were originated by Bank United comprise approximately 60% of the December 31, 2001 nonaccrual total.
Commercial and commercial real estate loans originated by Bank United that are eligible for credit renewals are subjected to our standards for commercial lending activities, which are typically more restrictive than those previously used by Bank United. In addition, we are limiting the volume of new loan originations and reducing portfolio expenses made to borrowers in higher risk categories, whenever possible.
The increase in foreclosed assets since December 31, 2000 includes $38 million of inventory from the Acquired Companies.
39
As a result of the increase in nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2001, the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans declined to 65% at December 31, 2001 from 117% at December 31, 2000. This ratio is subject to significant fluctuations from year to year due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, the economic prospects of our borrowers and, in the case of secured loans, the value and marketability of collateral. The methodologies we use to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses are discussed below.
If interest on nonaccrual loans under the original terms had been recognized, such income would have been $187 million in 2001, $83 million in 2000 and $67 million in 1999.
Loans (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses) and nonaccrual loans by geographic concentration at December 31, 2001 were as follows:
|
California
|
Washington
Oregon |
Florida
|
||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
|||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 50,609 | $ | 368 | $ | 12,283 | $ | 136 | $ | 5,110 | $ | 82 | |||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 2,442 | 66 | 352 | 22 | 593 | 21 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total SFR | 53,051 | 434 | 12,635 | 158 | 5,703 | 103 | |||||||||||||||
SFR construction: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Builder (2) | 666 | 3 | 314 | 4 | 284 | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Custom (3) | 53 | 1 | 319 | 6 | 6 | - | |||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 4,794 | 15 | 1,921 | 11 | 373 | 2 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 805 | 7 | 1,103 | 20 | 197 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business | 830 | 3 | 1,014 | 7 | 165 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 13,344 | 10 | 1,151 | 1 | 131 | 34 | |||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 1,479 | 5 | 1,191 | 7 | 131 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total loans (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses) | $ | 75,022 | $ | 478 | $ | 19,648 | $ | 214 | $ | 6,990 | $ | 173 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans | 48 | % | 22 | % | 13 | % | 10 | % | 4 | % | 8 | % |
|
|
Texas |
|
Other (4) (5) |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
Portfolio
|
Nonaccrual
|
|||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 2,463 | $ | 38 | $ | 35,316 | $ | 417 | $ | 105,781 | $ | 1,041 | |||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | 580 | 19 | 5,854 | 287 | 9,821 | 415 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total SFR | 3,043 | 57 | 41,170 | 704 | 115,602 | 1,456 | |||||||||||||||
SFR construction: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Builder (2) | 347 | - | 516 | 11 | 2,127 | 26 | |||||||||||||||
Custom (3) | 8 | - | 89 | 3 | 475 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines | 1,115 | 4 | 1,124 | 12 | 9,327 | 44 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 227 | 8 | 1,459 | 64 | 3,791 | 104 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business | 954 | 68 | 2,428 | 70 | 5,391 | 159 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 386 | 1 | 606 | 10 | 15,618 | 56 | |||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 347 | 6 | 1,354 | 270 | 4,502 | 298 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total loans (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses) | $ | 6,427 | $ | 144 | $ | 48,746 | $ | 1,144 | $ | 156,833 | $ | 2,153 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans | 4 | % | 7 | % | 31 | % | 53 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % |
40
At December 31, 2001, nonaccrual loans in California accounted for 22% of total nonaccrual loans, down from 35% in 2000. Due to the concentration of our loans in California, the California real estate market requires continual review. In general, California real estate values increased during 1999, 2000 and 2001. However, economic performance within California may vary significantly among property types or by region.
Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Due to economic trends, growth in the commercial and specialty mortgage finance loan portfolios and nonaccrual loans, we increased the provision for loan and lease losses to $575 million during 2001, while incurring $305 million in net charge offs for the year. As a result of the slowing economy and resulting portfolio weaknesses, we anticipate that the provision may continue to exceed net charge offs in coming quarters. As a percentage of average loans, net charge offs were 0.21% for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared with 0.15% for the year ended December 31, 2000.
The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Management performs regular reviews in order to identify these inherent losses, and to assess the overall collection probability for these portfolios. This process provides an allowance that consists of two components: allocated and unallocated. To arrive at the allocated component, we combine estimates of the allowance needed for loans that are evaluated collectively, such as single family residential and specialty mortgage finance, and loans that are analyzed individually, such as commercial business and commercial real estate.
The determination of the allocated component for loans that are evaluated collectively involves the monitoring of delinquency, default, and loss rates (among other factors that determine portfolio risk) and an assessment of current economic conditions, particularly in geographic areas where we have significant concentrations. Loss factors are based on the analysis of the historical performance of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. These factors are then applied to the collective total of the loan balances and commitments.
Loans within the commercial business, commercial real estate and builder single family residential construction categories are reviewed on an individual basis and loss factors are applied based on the risk rating assigned to the loan. A specific allowance, which is part of the allocated component, may be assigned on these loan types if they have been individually determined to be impaired. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts contractually due as scheduled, including contractual interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows. In estimating the fair value of collateral, we evaluate various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in our real estate markets and the level of obsolescence that may exist on assets acquired from commercial business loans.
In estimating the amount of credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolios, various judgments and assumptions are made. For example, when assessing the condition of the overall economic environment, assumptions are made regarding future market conditions and their impact on the loan and lease portfolio. In the event the national economy were to sustain a prolonged downturn, the loss factors applied to our portfolios may need to be revised, which may significantly impact the measurement of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For impaired loans that are collateral-dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral may deviate significantly from the proceeds received when the collateral is sold. To mitigate the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit losses, the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated component. The unallocated component reflects our judgmental assessment of the impact that various factors have on the overall measurement of credit losses.
41
These factors include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, regulatory examination results and findings of the Company's internal credit review function. As of December 31, 2001, 74% of the allowance for loan and lease losses was allocated to individual loans or loan categories, although the entire allowance was available to absorb charge offs across the entire loan and lease portfolio.
Although we consider the allowance for loan and lease losses of $1.40 billion adequate to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio at December 31, 2001, in light of the foregoing, no assurance can be given that we will not in any particular period sustain loan losses that are significantly different from the amount reserved, or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of factors then prevailing, would not result in a significant change in the allowance for loan and lease losses.
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.
Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year | $ | 1,014 | $ | 1,042 | $ | 1,068 | $ | 1,048 | $ | 1,066 | |||||||||
Allowance acquired through business combinations/other | 120 | (36 | ) | (1 | ) | 34 | (14 | ) | |||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 575 | 185 | 167 | 162 | 247 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
1,709 | 1,191 | 1,234 | 1,244 | 1,299 | |||||||||||||||
Loans charged off: | |||||||||||||||||||
SFR | (29 | ) | (19 | ) | (38 | ) | (65 | ) | (141 | ) | |||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | (26 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total SFR charge offs | (55 | ) | (24 | ) | (38 | ) | (65 | ) | (141 | ) | |||||||||
SFR construction (2) | - | (1 | ) | - | (1 | ) | - | ||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | (200 | ) | (163 | ) | (143 | ) | (124 | ) | (103 | ) | |||||||||
Commercial business | (74 | ) | (11 | ) | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | - | (2 | ) | (15 | ) | (22 | ) | (41 | ) | ||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | (10 | ) | (2 | ) | (22 | ) | (10 | ) | (17 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total charge offs | (339 | ) | (203 | ) | (223 | ) | (227 | ) | (305 | ) | |||||||||
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: | |||||||||||||||||||
SFR | 2 | 1 | 4 | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | - | 1 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total SFR recoveries | 2 | 2 | 4 | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | 23 | 21 | 19 | 18 | 21 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial business | 6 | 1 | 1 | 1 | - | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | - | 1 | 3 | 6 | 7 | ||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 3 | 1 | 4 | 8 | 4 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total recoveries | 34 | 26 | 31 | 51 | 54 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net charge offs | (305 | ) | (177 | ) | (192 | ) | (176 | ) | (251 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Balance, end of year | $ | 1,404 | $ | 1,014 | $ | 1,042 | $ | 1,068 | $ | 1,048 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net charge offs as a percentage of average loans | 0.21 | % | 0.15 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.26 | % | |||||||||
Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio | 1.06 | % | 0.85 | % | 0.92 | % | 0.99 | % | 1.07 | % |
42
An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses was as follows:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses |
Allocated
Allowance as a % of Loan Category |
Loan
Category as a % of Total Loans (1) |
Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses |
Allocated
Allowance as a % of Loan Category |
Loan
Category as a % of Total Loans (1) |
Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses |
Allocated
Allowance as a % of Loan Category |
Loan
Category as a % of Total Loans (1) |
|||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Specific and allocated allowances: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | 290 | 0.35 | % | 61.67 | % | $ | 250 | 0.31 | % | 67.03 | % | $ | - | - | % | 70.19 | % | ||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (2) | 97 | 0.99 | 7.39 | 52 | 0.77 | 5.67 | - | - | 3.91 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total SFR | 387 | 0.42 | 69.06 | 302 | 0.35 | 72.70 | - | - | 74.10 | |||||||||||||||
SFR construction (3) | 32 | 1.23 | 1.96 | 7 | 0.49 | 1.20 | 5 | 0.40 | 1.09 | |||||||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | 247 | 1.89 | 9.81 | 220 | 2.10 | 8.76 | - | - | 7.50 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial business | 116 | 2.15 | 4.05 | 44 | 1.94 | 1.90 | 18 | 1.24 | 1.28 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 138 | 0.88 | 11.74 | 138 | 0.88 | 13.09 | 59 | 0.39 | 13.42 | |||||||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 114 | 2.53 | 3.38 | 64 | 2.27 | 2.35 | - | - | 2.61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance | 1,034 | 0.78 | % | 100.00 | % | 775 | 0.65 | % | 100.00 | % | 82 | 0.07 | % | 100.00 | % | |||||||||
Unallocated allowance | 370 | 0.28 | - | 239 | 0.20 | - | 960 | 0.85 | - | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total allowance for loan and lease losses | $ | 1,404 | 1.06 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,014 | 0.85 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,042 | 0.92 | % | 100.00 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
1998
|
1997
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses |
Allocated
Allowance as a % of Loan Category |
Loan
Category as a % of Total Loans (1) |
Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses |
Allocated
Allowance as a % of Loan Category |
Loan
Category as a % of Total Loans (1) |
|||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Specific and allocated allowances: | |||||||||||||||||
SFR | $ | - | - | % | 73.67 | % | $ | - | - | % | 72.81 | % | |||||
Specialty mortgage finance (2) | - | - | 0.67 | - | - | 0.54 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total SFR | - | - | 74.34 | - | - | 73.35 | |||||||||||
SFR construction (3) | 1 | 0.10 | 0.95 | 2 | 0.23 | 0.90 | |||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | - | - | 6.81 | - | - | 6.87 | |||||||||||
Commercial business | 17 | 1.51 | 1.05 | 3 | 0.36 | 0.86 | |||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||||
Multi-family | 126 | 0.87 | 13.53 | 123 | 0.88 | 14.38 | |||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | - | - | 3.32 | - | - | 3.64 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance | 144 | 0.13 | % | 100.00 | % | 128 | 0.13 | % | 100.00 | % | |||||||
Unallocated allowance | 924 | 0.86 | - | 920 | 0.94 | - | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total allowance for loan and lease losses | $ | 1,068 | 0.99 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,048 | 1.07 | % | 100.00 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
During 2000, in conjunction with our continued expansion of our lending activity beyond traditional SFR loans, management enhanced its methodology for determining the allocated components of the allowance. This enhancement resulted in an allocation of previously unallocated allowance amounts to individual loan categories.
Operating Segments
Effective January 1, 2001, we realigned our operating segments and enhanced our segment reporting process methodologies. Historical periods have been restated to be consistent with the new alignment and methodologies. We are now managed along three major operating segments: Banking and Financial Services, Home Loans and Insurance Services, and Specialty Finance. Refer to Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Operating Segments" for information regarding the key elements of our management reporting methodologies used to measure segment performance.
Banking and Financial Services
Net income was $955 million in 2001, compared with $787 million in 2000 and $490 million in 1999. Due to the growth in deposits and consumer loans, net interest income was $2.27 billion, up from $1.90 billion in 2000 and $1.71 billion in 1999. Noninterest income increased to $1.78 billion in 2001 from $1.40 billion and $1.14 billion in 2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase in noninterest income was predominantly due to the increase in depositor and other retail banking fees associated with higher collections of nonsufficient funds, other fees on existing checking accounts and growth in new checking accounts. The number of checking accounts increased by 21% in 2001 (including 271,183 accounts acquired from Bank United) and 12% in 2000.
Primarily reflecting increases in compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense, and depositor and other retail banking losses, noninterest expense increased to $2.41 billion in 2001, compared with $1.97 billion in 2000 and $2.04 billion in 1999. The acquisition of Bank United also contributed to the increase during the 2001 periods.
Total average assets increased by approximately 37% during 2001. The increase in 2001 was due to the growth in consumer loans. Average consumer loans increased 35% during 2001.
Home Loans and Insurance Services
Segment results for the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group were significantly impacted by the addition of the mortgage operations of the Acquired Companies.
Net income was $1.35 billion, $910 million, and $684 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Net interest income was $2.14 billion in 2001, up from $1.63 billion in 2000 and $1.41 billion in 1999. The increase in 2001 was primarily due to the growth of loans held for sale, resulting from the substantial increase in SFR loan volume.
Noninterest income increased to $1,481 million in 2001, compared with $548 million in 2000 and $302 million in 1999. The increase was predominantly due to higher gains from mortgage loans, SFR mortgage banking loan related income, and portfolio loan related income. The increase in gain from mortgage loans during 2001 reflected the addition of the loan origination operations of the Acquired Companies, a substantial increase in salable fixed-rate SFR loan volume due to refinancing activity, and the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 133. The increase in SFR mortgage banking loan related income was primarily due to higher levels of late fees on loan payments. A significant portion of the growth in portfolio loan related income in 2001 was due to higher loan prepayment fees resulting from a higher level of refinancing activity. Due to high levels of amortization and the recognition of MSR impairment, net SFR loan servicing expense totaled $1.52 billion in 2001, compared with net SFR loan servicing income of $134 million in 2000 and $98 million in 1999. To offset most of the MSR impairment in 2001, the group received an inter-segment allocation of pretax financial hedge gains of $1.49 billion.
44
Noninterest expense rose to $1.34 billion in 2001 from $607 million in 2000 and $582 million in 1999. The increase was mostly due to higher compensation and benefits expense, primarily the result of the expanded loan servicing operations added by the Acquired Companies.
Total average assets increased by approximately 19% during 2001, compared with the same period a year ago, primarily as a result of the Acquired Companies.
Specialty Finance
Net income was $378 million in 2001, up from $274 million and $290 million in 2000 and 1999, respectively. Net interest income was $984 million in 2001, $734 million in 2000, and $703 million in 1999. The increase in net interest income reflected growth in other commercial real estate loans from the acquisition of Bank United, and the continuing growth of the group's loan portfolio. Total average assets increased by approximately 29% in 2001 due primarily to the acquisition of Bank United.
Noninterest income increased to $77 million in 2001 from $43 million in 2000 and 1999, primarily due to increases in loan related income. The acquisition of Bank United contributed to the increase in loan related income.
Noninterest expense increased to $256 million in 2001 from $190 million and $164 million in 2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase during 2001 was primarily attributable to higher compensation and benefits expense and occupancy and equipment expense from the acquisition of Bank United.
Liquidity
The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the continuing ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet obligations and other commitments on a timely and cost-effective basis.
The principal sources of liquidity for our consolidated enterprise are customer deposits, wholesale borrowings, the sale and securitization of mortgage loans into secondary market channels, the maturity and repayment of portfolio loans and MBS, and agency and treasury bonds held in our available-for-sale securities portfolio. Among these sources, transaction deposits and wholesale borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements continue to provide the Company with a significant source of stable funding. During 2001, those sources funded 67% of average total assets. Our continuing ability to retain our transaction deposit customer base and to attract new deposits is dependent on various factors, such as customer service satisfaction levels and the competitiveness of interest rates offered on our deposit products. We expect that Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements will continue to be our most significant sources of wholesale borrowings during 2002, and we expect to have the requisite assets available to pledge as collateral to obtain these funds.
To supplement these funding sources, our bank subsidiaries also raise funds in domestic and international capital markets. In April 2001, our two most significant bank subsidiaries, WMBFA and WMB, established a $15 billion Global Bank Note Program (the "Program"). The Program facilitates issuance of both senior and subordinated debt in the United States and in international capital markets on both a syndicated and non-syndicated basis and in a variety of currencies and structures. During 2001, our bank subsidiaries issued $3.75 billion of senior notes and $1 billion of subordinated notes under the Program. At December 31, 2001, $10.25 billion remained unissued.
The Company, through Long Beach Mortgage, had credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $1 billion available at December 31, 2001, of which $500 million expires in April 2002 and $500 million expires in September 2002.
Liquidity for the Parent Company is generated through its ability to raise funds in various capital markets, and through dividends from subsidiaries, lines of credit and commercial paper programs.
45
A significant portion of the Parent Company's funding during 2001 was received from dividends paid by our bank subsidiaries. Although we expect the Parent Company to continue to receive bank subsidiary dividends during 2002, such dividends are limited by various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy and retained earnings. For more information on dividend restrictions applicable to our banking subsidiaries, refer to "Business Regulation and Supervision" and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."
During 2001, the Parent Company consummated a private placement offering of $1.15 billion of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM ("PIERS SM "). The offering consisted of 23 million units, with each unit comprised of a preferred security issued by a special purpose subsidiary trust, and a warrant to purchase approximately 1.2 shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The trust preferred securities would qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Parent Company if it were subject to the same regulatory capital adequacy standards applicable to commercial bank holding companies. The proceeds from the PIERS SM were used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of acquisitions.
In November 2001, the Parent Company filed a shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows for the issuance of $1.5 billion of senior and subordinated debt in the United States and in international capital markets and in a variety of currencies and structures. The proceeds from the sale of the debt securities will be used for general corporate purposes. In January 2002, $1 billion of senior debt securities were issued under this shelf registration.
At December 31, 2001, the Parent Company had no commercial paper outstanding. The Parent Company shares two revolving credit facilities totaling $1.2 billion with Washington Mutual Finance. These facilities provide back-up for the commercial paper programs of the Parent Company and Washington Mutual Finance. The amount available under these shared facilities, net of the amount of commercial paper outstanding at Washington Mutual Finance, was $849 million at December 31, 2001.
Capital Adequacy
Reflecting strong earnings and the issuance of $1.15 billion of PIERS SM , $398 million of which was attributable to the attached warrants (recorded as capital surplus), the ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets increased to 5.80% at December 31, 2001 from 5.22% at year-end 2000. These sources of capital were more than adequate to accommodate the recent acquisitions as well as support growth.
In April 1999, the Board of Directors ("Board") approved a share repurchase program. From the second quarter of 1999 through June 30, 2000, we purchased a total of 100 million shares as part of our previously authorized total of 167 million shares. We did not repurchase any of our common stock from the second quarter of 2000 until the fourth quarter of 2001. Management instead focused on internal growth and acquisitions as a means of deploying capital during this time. On October 19, 2001, we announced the resumption of our share repurchase program and repurchased an additional 7 million shares during the fourth quarter of 2001. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.
The regulatory capital ratios of WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb and minimum regulatory requirements to be categorized as well capitalized were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Well-
Capitalized Minimum |
||||||||
|
WMBFA
|
WMB
|
WMBfsb
|
||||||
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage) | 5.18 | % | 6.45 | % | 7.30 | % | 5.00 | % | |
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets | 9.00 | 10.86 | 11.53 | 6.00 | |||||
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets | 10.93 | 12.08 | 12.78 | 10.00 |
46
Our federal savings bank subsidiaries are also required by OTS regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of assets. WMBFA and WMBfsb both satisfied this requirement at December 31, 2001.
Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements. At December 31, 2001, both of our securities subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable capital requirements.
Market Risk Management
Certain of the statements contained within this section that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are intended to assist in the understanding of how our financial performance would be affected by the circumstances described in this section. However, such performance involves risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Statements."
Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Substantially all of our interest rate risk arises from instruments, positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading. They include loans, MSR, securities, deposits, borrowings, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.
Interest rate risk is managed within an overall asset/liability management framework. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by policies reviewed and approved annually by our Board. The Board has delegated the responsibility to oversee the administration of these policies to the Directors' Loan and Investment Committee.
Overview of Our Interest Rate Risk Profile
Increases or decreases in interest rates can cause changes in net income, fluctuations in the fair value of assets and liabilities, such as MSR and investment securities, and changes in noninterest income and noninterest expense, particularly gain from mortgage loans. Our interest rate risk arises because assets and liabilities reprice, mature or prepay at different times or frequencies as market interest rates change. Our loan volume and mix also vary as interest rates change. Our net interest income generally increases in a falling interest rate environment and decreases in a rising interest rate environment. In addition, gain from mortgage loans tends to increase in a falling interest rate environment and decrease as interest rates rise. The changes in net interest income and gain from mortgage loans are inversely related to the changes in the value of MSR, which decrease as interest rates fall and increase as interest rates rise.
The increase in the net interest margin in a falling interest rate environment is because our deposits and borrowings typically reprice faster than our mortgage loans and securities, contributing to an expansion in the net interest margin. The slower repricing of assets results mainly from the lag effect inherent in loans and MBS indexed to the 12-month average of the annual yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year and to the 11th District FHLB monthly weighted average cost of funds index ("COFI").
In a falling interest rate environment, we also experience faster prepayments and increased loan volume with a shift to fixed-rate loan production. As most of the fixed-rate production is sold in the secondary market, we potentially face balance sheet shrinkage. In spite of this shrinkage, net income tends to increase in a falling interest rate environment as a result of the expansion in the net interest margin. The increased loan production combined with a higher percentage of fixed-rate loans results in an increase in gain from mortgage loans. The fair value of MSR decreases in falling interest rate environments due to the higher prepayment activity, resulting in the potential for impairment. This impairment is normally offset by
47
the increased net interest margin and gain from mortgage loans as well as gains from the sale of bonds and the extinguishment of borrowings with embedded interest rate floors.
Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, we normally experience slower prepayments, decreased loan volume and a shift to adjustable-rate production. Balance sheet growth typically occurs, despite the decrease in loan production, due to the increased volume of adjustable-rate loans, which we typically hold in our portfolio. In spite of balance sheet growth, net interest income tends to decrease in a rising interest rate environment as a result of the compressed net interest margin. Gain from mortgage loans normally decreases as rates rise due to the decrease in loan production and the lower percentage of fixed-rate loans. However, the fair value of MSR increases in this environment, resulting in the potential recovery of any MSR reserves. We may offset the recovery of the MSR reserves by selling securities, interest rate floors or other derivatives at a loss. The intent would be to reset these instruments to current market rates to enhance their ability to hedge against MSR impairment in falling interest rate environments.
Types of Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to different types of interest rate risks. These risks include: lag, repricing, basis, prepayment, and lifetime cap risk. These risks are described in further detail in the following paragraphs.
Lag risk. Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of our adjustable-rate assets and our liabilities. The effect of this timing difference, or "lag," will be favorable during a period of declining interest rates and unfavorable during a period of rising interest rates. This lag risk can produce short-term volatility in our net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time. One example of lag risk is the repricing of assets indexed to the monthly treasury average ("MTA"). The MTA index is based on a moving average of rates outstanding during the previous twelve months. A sharp movement in interest rates in a month will not be fully reflected in the index for twelve months resulting in a lag in the repricing of loans and securities based on this index. This contrasts with borrowings which generally reprice based on current market interest rates.
Repricing risk. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch in the maturities and/or repricing periods between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In periods of rising interest rates, the net interest margin normally contracts since the repricing period of liabilities is shorter than the repricing period of assets. This results in funding costs rising faster than asset yields. The net interest margin expands in periods of falling interest rates as borrowing costs reprice downward faster than asset yields. Repricing risk is managed by changing the repricing characteristics of interest-bearing liabilities with derivatives and by selling fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans and securities.
Basis risk. Basis risk results from our assets and liabilities reacting differently to interest rate movements due to their dependency on different indices. For example, most adjustable-rate loans are indexed to COFI, MTA, Prime or Treasury based indexes. The rates on the majority of our borrowings are derived from the London Interbank Offered Rates ("LIBOR") or interest rate swap curves. This results in basis risk as the loan indices may move at a different rate or in a different direction than the rate on our borrowings or deposits.
Prepayment risk. Prepayment risk results from the ability of customers to pay off their loans prior to maturity. Generally, prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments. In falling interest rate environments, this normally results in the prepayment and refinancing of existing fixed- and adjustable-rate loans to lower coupon, fixed-rate mortgage loans. This preference, when combined with our policy of selling most of our fixed-rate loan production, may make it difficult to increase or even maintain the size of our loan and MBS portfolio during these periods. During such periods, it is likely that we would decrease the percentage of adjustable-rate loans that are
48
sold. This could result in an increase in our held for sale portfolio, offsetting some of the potential balance sheet shrinkage resulting from the faster prepayments of existing loans and securities.
In rising interest rate environments, the decline in prepayments would normally result in an increase in the size of our loan and MBS portfolios. During these periods, we may increase the percentage of adjustable-rate loans that are sold. This could result in a decrease in our held for sale portfolio. These additional sales may generate gain on sale offsetting some of the reduction in the net interest margin.
Prepayment risk also has a significant impact on the fair value of MSR. Faster prepayments of loans within our servicing portfolio can be expected to result in a reduction in the fair value of MSR, while slower prepayments of loans within our servicing portfolio can be expected to result in an increase in the fair value. In addition, the amortization of premiums and discounts related to loans and MBS are affected by increases or decreases in prepayments.
Lifetime cap risk. The lifetime interest rate caps on adjustable-rate loans held in portfolio introduce another element of interest rate risk to our earnings. In periods of rising interest rates, it is possible for the fully indexed interest rate (index rate plus the margin) to exceed the lifetime interest rate cap. This feature prevents the loan from repricing to a level that exceeds the cap's specified interest rate, thus adversely impacting net interest income in periods of relatively high interest rates. Typically, the lifetime cap is 300 to 500 basis points above the fully indexed initial rate. The lifetime caps on our existing loan and MBS portfolios would not have a material adverse effect on net interest income unless interest rates increased substantially from current levels.
Management of Interest Rate Risk
To mitigate the impact of changes in market interest rates on our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, we actively manage the amounts and maturities of these assets and liabilities. A key component of this strategy is the origination and retention of short-term and adjustable-rate assets and the origination and sale of fixed-rate loans. We retain short-term and adjustable-rate assets because they have repricing characteristics that more closely match the repricing characteristics of our liabilities. In addition to selling fixed-rate loans, we also sell a portion of our ARMs with three- to five-year initial fixed interest rates. We have also established additional balance sheet flexibility and diversity by designating some monthly option ARMs as held for sale.
To further mitigate the risk of timing differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities, our interest-earning assets are matched with interest-bearing liabilities that have similar repricing characteristics. For example, the interest rate risk of holding fixed-rate loans is managed with long-term deposits and borrowings, and the risk of holding ARMs is managed with short-term deposits and borrowings. Periodically, mismatches are identified and managed by adjusting the repricing characteristics of our interest-bearing liabilities with derivatives, such as interest rate caps, collars, corridors, interest rate swaps and swaptions.
Through the use of these derivative instruments, management attempts to reduce or offset increases in interest expense related to deposits and borrowings. We use interest rate caps, collars, corridors, pay-fixed interest rate swaps and swaptions to protect against rising interest rates. We use receive-fixed interest rate swaps to reduce the interest expense on long-term, fixed-rate borrowings during stable or falling interest rate environments.
The interest rate caps, collars, corridors, pay-fixed interest rate swaps and swaptions are designed to provide an additional layer of protection should interest rates on deposits and borrowings rise, by effectively lengthening the repricing period. At December 31, 2001, we held an aggregate notional value of $25.84 billion of caps, collars, corridors, pay-fixed interest rate swaps and swaptions. This included $5.90 billion of swaptions and $696 million of interest rate caps embedded in adjustable-rate borrowings. None of the interest rate caps had strike rates that were in effect at December 31, 2001, as current LIBOR
49
rates were below the strike rates. The swaptions are exercisable upon maturity, which range from February 2002 to September 2003. Thus, we have a degree of interest rate protection when interest rates rise, because these instruments provide a mechanism for fixing the rate on our deposits and borrowings to an interest rate that could be lower than market levels.
Using receive-fixed interest rate swaps, we can effectively reduce the interest expense on long-term, fixed-rate borrowings during periods when the receive-fixed rate is greater than the short-term floating rate on the interest rate swap. Long-term borrowings, such as subordinated debt, also provide an excellent source of long-term funds. The issuance of subordinated debt, which generally qualifies as a component of Tier 2 risk-based capital, combined with a receive-fixed rate swap provides capital at an attractive funding rate. At December 31, 2001, we held $3.63 billion of receive-fixed interest rate swaps. We are also striving to increase the proportion of transaction deposits to total deposits to mitigate our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. In particular, noninterest-bearing checking accounts and custodial accounts are not sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. Additionally, checking accounts provide a growing source of noninterest income through depositor and other retail banking fees.
We analyze the change in fair value of our MSR portfolio under a variety of parallel shifts in yield curves. Since most loans within our servicing portfolio do not contain penalty provisions for early payoff, the value of our underlying MSR is subject to impairment from prepayment risk. This risk generally increases in a declining interest rate environment, as prepayments on loans in our servicing portfolio tend to move inversely with mortgage rates. Increases in prepayments shorten the expected life of MSR, thereby decreasing their fair value and creating impairment.
Within our overall approach to enterprise interest rate risk management, we currently have two main strategies designed for handling potential impairments in the fair value of MSR. The first is the "natural business hedge" that is inherent in our mortgage banking business. The current composition of the balance sheet and the response of net income to declining interest rates act, to some extent, as a hedge to MSR impairment. Net interest income generally increases in a declining interest rate environment, providing an offset for impairment. Lower interest rates also contribute to increased loan volume, particularly fixed-rate loan production. Since our strategy is to sell most of our fixed-rate loans, we are able to recognize additional gain from mortgage loans and gains from securitized loans. The effectiveness of the natural business hedge increases to the extent that our loan servicing portfolio is replenished more quickly than the loans prepay.
The second risk management strategy involves the use of investment securities and embedded derivatives. We use fixed-rate investment securities, such as agency and treasury bonds, and interest rate floors embedded in certain adjustable-rate borrowings to supplement the "natural business hedge" of our MSR. The fixed-rate securities can be sold at a gain in falling interest rate environments assisting in offsetting the MSR impairment. The embedded interest rate floors provide a benefit when the specified interest rate index drops below certain levels (strike rate). Similar to the fixed-rate securities, the borrowings with embedded interest rate floors can be terminated at a gain in falling interest environments to assist in offsetting MSR impairment. We may elect to retain some of the fixed-rate securities or the borrowings with embedded interest rate floors in declining interest rate markets. The retained instruments would increase net interest income, providing some protection against MSR impairment.
We purchased additional bonds in early 2002. We expect to purchase derivatives such as pay-fixed swaptions (options to enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps) or swaps to hedge the risk of holding the fixed-income bonds, as market conditions warrant. Gain from the sale of bonds in a declining interest rate environment may be used to offset MSR impairment. Loss from the sale of bonds in a rising interest rate environment may generally be offset by gain on the termination of the derivatives and the recovery of the MSR impairment reserve. We expect to maintain the market position of the bond portfolio so that the gain from the sale of bonds in a falling interest rate environment combined with the increased income from the natural business hedge is sufficient to offset most of the MSR impairment. Overall, we believe this strategy
50
will minimize net income sensitivity under most interest rate environments. Our net income could be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively implement or manage our hedging strategy.
We also hedge the risks associated with our mortgage pipeline. The mortgage pipeline consists of fixed-and adjustable-rate SFR loans to be sold in the secondary market. The risk associated with the mortgage pipeline is the potential rise in interest rates between the time the customer locks in the rate on the loan and the time the loan is sold. This period is usually 60 to 90 days. To hedge this risk, we execute forward sales agreements and option contracts. A forward sales agreement protects us in a rising interest rate environment, since the sales price and delivery date are already established. A forward sales agreement is different, however, from an option contract in that we are obligated to deliver the loan to the third party on the agreed-upon future date. Consequently, if the loan does not fund, we may not have the necessary assets to meet the commitment; therefore, we may be required to purchase other assets, at current market prices, to satisfy the forward sales agreement. To mitigate this risk, we consider fallout factors, which represent the percentage of loans that are not expected to close, in calculating the amount of forward sales agreements to execute.
2001 and 2000 Sensitivity Comparison
To analyze net income sensitivity, we project net income over a 12-month horizon based on parallel shifts in the yield curve. Management employs numerous other analyses and interest rate scenarios to evaluate interest rate risk. We project net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios, including non-parallel shifts in the yield curve and more extreme non-parallel rising and falling rate environments. These additional scenarios also address the risk exposure in time periods beyond the twelve months captured in the net income sensitivity analysis. Typically, net interest income sensitivity in a rising interest rate environment is not as pronounced in these longer time periods as lagging assets reprice to current market levels and balance sheet growth begins to offset a lower net interest margin. In addition, yields on new loan production gradually replace the comparatively lower yields of the more seasoned portion of the portfolio.
The table below indicates the sensitivity of net income and net interest income to interest rate movements. The comparative scenarios assume a parallel shift in the yield curve with interest rates rising or falling in even quarterly increments over the twelve month period ending December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001. The analysis assumes increases in interest rates of 200 basis points ("bp") and decreases of 100 bp. The interest rate scenarios used below represent management's view of reasonably possible near-term interest rate movements.
|
Gradual Change in Rates
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
-100bp
|
+200bp
|
||||
Net income change for the one-year period beginning: | ||||||
January 1, 2002 | 2.19 | % | (2.76 | )% | ||
January 1, 2001 | 6.85 | % | (8.68 | )% | ||
Net interest income change for the one-year period beginning: | ||||||
January 1, 2002 | 1.47 | % | (5.18 | )% | ||
January 1, 2001 | 5.85 | % | (12.45 | )% |
Net income and net interest income sensitivity declined since the prior year mainly due to the purchase of pay-fixed derivatives and additional fixed-rate funding. The funding mix changed as the interest rate environment in 2001 was relatively attractive for obtaining fixed-rate borrowings and derivatives. We expect to continue to add fixed-rate borrowings and derivatives in 2002 based on the relatively low interest rate environment.
The acquisitions of Bank United, the mortgage operations of PNC and Fleet changed our interest rate risk profile. These acquisitions increased the balances of noninterest bearing escrow accounts, our loan
51
production, and MSR. The increase in noninterest bearing accounts reduced our net interest income sensitivity since these types of accounts are relatively insensitive to interest rate movements. Most of the loan production from the mortgage entities consists of fixed-rate loans that are sold into the secondary market. The sales also reduce the sensitivity of net interest income and, in falling interest rate environments, result in higher gain from mortgage loans, which serves to offset MSR impairment. Since the loan portfolio acquired from Bank United generally reprices to market rates more quickly than our historical loan portfolio, this has reduced our sensitivity to net interest margin compression, which occurs during periods of rising interest rates.
The projection of the sensitivity of net income requires numerous behavioral assumptions. Prepayment, decay rate (the estimated runoff of deposit accounts that do not have a stated maturity) and new volume projections are the most significant assumptions. Prepayments affect the size of the balance sheet, which impacts net interest income, and they are also a major factor in the valuation of MSR. The decay rate assumptions also impact net interest income by altering the expected deposit mix and rates in the projected interest rate environments. The prepayment and decay rate assumptions reflect management's best estimate of future behavior. These assumptions are internally derived from internal and external analysis of customer behavior.
The sensitivity of new loan volume and mix to changes in market interest rate levels is also projected. Generally, we assume loan production increases in falling interest rate scenarios with an increased proportion of fixed-rate production. We generally assume a reduction in total loan production in rising interest rate scenarios with a shift towards a greater proportion of adjustable-rate production. The gain from mortgage loans as a percentage of total loan sales also varies under different interest rate scenarios. Normally, the gain from mortgage loans as a percentage of total loan sales increases in falling interest rate environments as higher consumer demand, generated primarily from high refinancing activity, allows loans to be priced more aggressively. Conversely, the gain from mortgage loans as a percentage of total loan sales tends to decline when interest rates increase as loan pricing becomes more competitive, since market participants strive to retain market share as consumer demand declines.
In addition to gain from mortgage loans, the sensitivity of noninterest income and expense are also estimated. The impairment and recovery of MSR is the most significant element of sensitivity in the projection of noninterest income and expense. The fair value of MSR generally increases as interest rates rise and decreases as interest rates fall. The other components of noninterest income and expense, such as deposit and loan fees and expenses, generally increase or decrease in conjunction with deposit and loan volumes, although loan servicing fees are also dependent on prepayment expectations.
The analysis is predicated on the effectiveness of our strategy for hedging the fair value of MSR and in managing the instruments used to hedge the fair value of MSR. We have used embedded interest rate floors and fixed-rate bonds as the primary instruments in hedging MSR. However, purchasing bonds increases our exposure to rising interest rates so this risk must also be managed. Our strategy includes purchasing derivatives such as pay-fixed swaptions or swaps to hedge the risk of holding the fixed-rate bonds.
In a falling interest rate environment, we project MSR impairment as well as gains on the termination or liquidation of MSR hedges. These gains, combined with the increase in net interest income and gain from mortgage loans, generally offset the impairment of MSR. We assume the hedges of MSR will be reset every quarter subsequent to the termination or liquidation, as the need to hedge against further impairment is still present. In a rising interest rate environment, we assume the swaptions and/or swaps hedging the fixed-rate bonds will be terminated and the bonds will be liquidated. We assume the hedges are reset every quarter to the extent gains on the swaptions and/or swaps exist.
52
Counterparty Risk
An additional risk that arises from our borrowing (including repurchase agreements) and derivative activities is counterparty risk. These activities generally involve an exchange of obligations with another financial institution, referred to in such transactions as a "counterparty." If a counterparty were to default, we could potentially be exposed to financial loss. In order to minimize this risk, we evaluate all counterparties for financial strength on at least an annual basis, then establish exposure limits for each counterparty. We obtain collateral from the counterparties for amounts in excess of the exposure limits, and we monitor our exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis. We strive to deal with well-established, reputable and financially strong firms.
53
Maturity and Repricing Information
We use interest rate derivative financial instruments as an asset/liability management tool to hedge mismatches in interest rate maturities in order to reduce our sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations. The following table summarizes the notional amounts, expected maturities and weighted average interest rates associated with amounts to be received or paid on interest rate swaps, and the notional amounts, expected maturities and weighted average strike rates for interest rate caps and corridors. Derivatives that are embedded within certain adjustable-rate borrowings, while not accounted for as derivatives under SFAS No. 133, have been included in the table since they also function as asset/liability management tools.
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Expected Maturity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
2002
|
2003
|
2004
|
2005
|
2006
|
After 2006
|
||||||||||||||||
|
(notional dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Stand Alone Derivatives: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity | $ | 12,905 | $ | 2,914 | $ | 2,036 | $ | 2,534 | $ | 30 | $ | 4,448 | $ | 943 | |||||||||
Weighted average pay rate | 4.82 | % | 6.09 | % | 3.78 | % | 4.63 | % | 7.15 | % | 4.39 | % | 5.58 | % | |||||||||
Weighted average receive rate | 2.18 | % | 2.21 | % | 2.23 | % | 2.21 | % | 2.11 | % | 2.20 | % | 1.75 | % | |||||||||
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity | $ | 3,627 | $ | 40 | $ | 120 | - | $ | 560 | $ | 1,005 | $ | 1,902 | ||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate | 2.05 | % | 2.11 | % | 1.95 | % | - | 1.89 | % | 2.01 | % | 2.13 | % | ||||||||||
Weighted average receive rate | 6.63 | % | 7.17 | % | 5.55 | % | - | 5.48 | % | 6.81 | % | 6.94 | % | ||||||||||
Interest rate caps/collars/corridors: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity | $ | 835 | $ | 380 | $ | 214 | $ | 191 | - | $ | 50 | - | |||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 7.59 | % | 7.47 | % | 7.86 | % | 8.14 | % | - | 5.25 | % | - | |||||||||||
Swaptions: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity (option) | $ | 5,500 | $ | 500 | $ | 5,000 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 6.11 | % | 6.04 | % | 6.12 | % | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
Contractual maturity (swap) | $ | 5,500 | - | - | - | - | $ | 1,000 | $ | 4,500 | |||||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 6.11 | % | - | - | - | - | 6.05 | % | 6.12 | % | |||||||||||||
Embedded Derivatives: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Embedded caps: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity | $ | 696 | - | $ | 196 | $ | 500 | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 7.60 | % | - | 7.25 | % | 7.75 | % | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
Embedded floors: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity | $ | 2,300 | - | - | - | $ | 2,300 | - | - | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 5.12 | % | - | - | - | 5.12 | % | - | - | ||||||||||||||
Embedded swaptions: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity (option) | $ | 5,900 | - | $ | 5,900 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average strike rate | 6.13 | % | - | 6.13 | % | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity (swap) | $ | 5,900 | - | - | - | - | $ | 3,750 | $ | 2,150 | |||||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate | 6.13 | % | - | - | - | - | 5.99 | % | 6.37 | % |
A conventional view of interest rate sensitivity for savings institutions is the gap report, which indicates the difference between assets maturing or repricing within a period and total liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. In assigning assets to maturity and repricing categories, we take into consideration expected prepayment speeds rather than contractual maturities. The balances reflect actual amortization of principal and do not take into consideration reinvestment of cash. Principal prepayments are the amounts of principal reduction over and above normal amortization. We have used prepayment assumptions based on market estimates and past experience with our current portfolio. The majority of our transaction deposits are not contractually subject to repricing. Therefore, these instruments have been allocated based on expected decay rates. Certain transaction accounts that reprice based on a market index and/or typically reprice more frequently were allocated based on the expected repricing period. Non-rate sensitive items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses and deferred loan fees/costs are not included
54
in the table. Loans held for sale are generally included in the 0-3 months category to the extent they are hedged with commitments to sell loans.
The gap information is limited by the fact that it is a point-in-time analysis. The date reflects conditions and assumptions as of December 31, 2001. These conditions and assumptions may not be appropriate at another point in time. The analysis is also subject to the accuracy of various assumptions used, particularly the prepayment and decay rate projections and the allocation of instruments with optionality to a specific maturity category. Consequently, the interpretation of the gap information is subjective.
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Projected Repricing
|
||||||||||||||||
|
0-3 months
|
4-12 months
|
1-5 years
|
Thereafter
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Interest-Sensitive Assets | |||||||||||||||||
Adjustable-rate loans (1) | $ | 70,579 | $ | 20,258 | $ | 19,836 | $ | 235 | $ | 110,908 | |||||||
Fixed-rate loans (1) | 14,461 | 5,539 | 14,520 | 6,191 | 40,711 | ||||||||||||
Adjustable-rate securities (1),(2) | 24,263 | 752 | 713 | 16 | 25,744 | ||||||||||||
Fixed-rate securities (1) | 455 | 991 | 5,205 | 28,815 | 35,466 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 6,044 | - | - | - | 6,044 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives matched against assets | 1,040 | - | (100 | ) | (940 | ) | - | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
$ | 116,842 | $ | 27,540 | $ | 40,174 | $ | 34,317 | $ | 218,873 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Interest-Sensitive Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts (3) | $ | 1,464 | $ | 3,885 | $ | 11,986 | $ | 6,372 | $ | 23,707 | |||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDAs (3) | 10,703 | 9,919 | 14,226 | 11,666 | 46,514 | ||||||||||||
Time deposit accounts | 12,854 | 17,007 | 6,453 | 578 | 36,892 | ||||||||||||
Short-term and adjustable-rate borrowings | 89,173 | 4,553 | - | - | 93,726 | ||||||||||||
Long-term fixed-rate borrowings | 1,033 | 6,592 | 12,196 | 4,858 | 24,679 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives matched against liabilities | (4,680 | ) | 1,312 | (1,382 | ) | 4,750 | - | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
$ | 110,547 | $ | 43,268 | $ | 43,479 | $ | 28,224 | $ | 225,518 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Repricing gap | $ | 6,295 | $ | (15,728 | ) | $ | (3,305 | ) | $ | 6,093 | $ | (6,645 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cumulative gap | $ | 6,295 | $ | (9,433 | ) | $ | (12,738 | ) | $ | (6,645 | ) | $ | (6,645 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets | 2.60 | % | (3.89 | )% | (5.25 | )% | (2.74 | )% | (2.74 | )% | |||||||
Total assets | $ | 242,506 | |||||||||||||||
|
Tax Contingency
From 1981 through 1985, Ahmanson acquired thrift institutions in six states through Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC")-assisted transactions. The position was that assistance received from the FSLIC included out-of-state branching rights valued at approximately $740 million. Prior to December 31, 1998, Ahmanson had sold its deposit-taking businesses and abandoned such branching rights in five states, the first of which was Missouri in 1993. Our financial statements do not contain any benefit related to our determination that we are entitled to a deduction for the amount of our tax bases in certain state branching rights when we sold our deposit-taking businesses in those states, thereby abandoning such branching rights. Our position is that the tax bases result from the tax treatment of property received as assistance from the FSLIC in conjunction with FSLIC-assisted transactions. The potential tax benefit related to these abandonments as of December 31, 2001 could approach $238 million.
55
The Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") has completed its examination of the Ahmanson federal income tax returns for the years 1990 through 1993. The return for 1993 included the proposed adjustment related to the abandonment of the Missouri branching rights. A tentative settlement was reached with the Appeals Branch level of the Service and it is currently under review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we do not believe it is appropriate at this time to reflect any tax benefits in our financial statements.
Goodwill Litigation
On August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act ("FIRREA") was enacted. Among other things, FIRREA raised the minimum capital requirements for savings institutions and required a phase-out of the amount of supervisory goodwill that could be included in satisfying certain regulatory capital requirements. The exclusion of supervisory goodwill from regulatory capital led many savings institutions to either replace the lost capital by issuing new qualifying debt or equity securities or to reduce assets.
To date, trials have been concluded and opinions have been issued in a number of actions in the United States Court of Federal Claims (the "Court") in which savings institutions and investors in savings institutions sought damages from the U.S. Government based on breach of contract and other theories. Generally, in cases in which these opinions on the merits have been issued by the Court, either the plaintiff(s), the defendant (U.S. Government), or both the plaintiff(s) and the defendant, have opted to appeal the Court's decision. Of those appeals, some are now pending before the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and others have been decided. Generally, the appeals have resulted in the cases being remanded to the Court for further trial proceedings. In one case, California Federal Bank v. United States , the plaintiff petitioned and the defendant cross petitioned the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari, both of which were denied.
Home Savings
WMBFA, as successor to Home Savings, has continued to pursue a favorable outcome in the lawsuit filed by Home Savings in September 1992 ("Home Savings Goodwill Litigation") against the U.S. Government for damages from the exclusion from regulatory capital of supervisory goodwill resulting from Home Savings' acquisitions of savings institutions in Florida, Missouri, Texas, Illinois, and Ohio, and of Century Federal Savings of New York, over the period from 1981 to 1985. As of August 31, 1989, Home Savings possessed approximately $460 million in unamortized supervisory goodwill from these acquisitions.
In the Home Savings Goodwill Litigation, Home Savings and Ahmanson (the parent of Home Savings prior to its acquisition by WMBFA) alleged breaches of contract as well as certain other claims arising from facts substantially identical to those giving rise to the breaches of contract.
On May 18, 2001, the Court issued an opinion holding the U.S. Government liable for breaches of the contracts which permitted Home Savings to count supervisory goodwill toward regulatory capital requirements in regard to all of the supervisory acquisitions of savings institutions in the states of Florida, Missouri, Texas, and Illinois, and in regard to the acquisition of Century Federal Savings of New York. The Court's opinion further holds the U.S. Government liable for breach of the contract which permitted Home Savings to count supervisory goodwill toward regulatory capital in regard to one of the five savings institutions that Home Savings acquired in the state of Ohio. The Court held that the U.S. Government was not liable for any breach of contract in regard to the other four savings institutions in Ohio which Home Savings had acquired. Approximately $34 million of the $460 million of unamortized goodwill Home Savings had as of August 31, 1989, was attributable to Home Savings' acquisition of the five savings institutions in Ohio. WMBFA is currently assessing how much of the supervisory goodwill attributable to Home Savings' acquisitions in Ohio remains the subject of the Home Savings Goodwill Litigation as a result of the Court's May 18 opinion.
56
On January 16, 2002, the Court issued an opinion dismissing the remaining claims of Home Savings other than those for breach of contract. In the same opinion, the Court denied a motion by the United States for summary judgment with respect to damages resulting from the U.S. Government's breaches of contract. Thus, as yet, there has been no determination as to the amount of any damages, if any, that Home Savings may be entitled to recover in compensation for the U.S. Government's breaches.
On February 6, 2002, at the direction of the Court, the parties submitted status reports proposing dates for a trial to determine the amount of any damages that WMBFA might recover in the Home Savings Goodwill Litigation. Pursuant to an order entered on February 25, 2002, trial is now set to commence in October 2002.
American Savings Bank, F.A.
In December 1992, ASB, Keystone Holdings and certain related parties brought a lawsuit against the U.S. Government, alleging, among other things, that in connection with the acquisition of ASB they entered into a contract with agencies of the United States and that the U.S. Government breached that contract. As a result of the Keystone Transaction, we succeeded to all of the rights of ASB, Keystone Holdings and such related parties in such litigation and will receive any recovery from the litigation. ASB is now WMBFA.
In connection with the Keystone Transaction, we delivered a specified number of shares of our common stock into an escrow. There are currently 18 million shares in the escrow (the "Escrow Shares"). Upon our receipt of net cash proceeds from a judgment in or settlement of the litigation, all or part of the Escrow Shares will be released, 64.9% to investors in Keystone Holdings or their assigns, and 35.1% to the FSLIC Resolution Fund or its assigns. The number of Escrow Shares to be released will be equal to the case proceeds, reduced by certain tax and litigation-related costs and expenses, divided by $27.7417. The escrow will expire on December 20, 2002, subject to extensions in certain circumstances. If not all Escrow Shares are released prior to such expiration, any remaining Escrow Shares will be returned to us for cancellation.
The allegations made in the ASB case are similar to those asserted in other cases where the United States Supreme Court affirmed decisions holding the U.S. Government liable for breach of contract. However, no record has been established in these other cases which would indicate what, if any, damages we are entitled to receive in this case. Accordingly, the ultimate outcome of the ASB case is uncertain, and there can be no assurance that we will benefit financially from it. Generally, we expect to receive financial benefit only if the cash proceeds, after reduction for certain tax and litigation-related costs and expenses, exceed $333 million.
Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United Corp.
Prior to their acquisitions, Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United Corp. ("Bank United") had similar lawsuits against the U.S. Government. Generally, securities representing interests in these lawsuits were issued to Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United shareholders. These securities, called contingent payment rights certificates, are currently traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbols CCPRZ and BNKUZ, respectively. We do not own a significant number of these securities.
Dime Bancorp, Inc.
In January 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB ("Anchor FSB"), filed suit against the U.S. Government for unspecified damages involving supervisory goodwill related to its acquisition of eight troubled savings institutions from 1982-1985. The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB ("Dime FSB") acquired Anchor FSB shortly after the case was brought and Dime FSB was subsequently merged into WMBFA in January 2002.
57
In 1997, Dime FSB moved for partial summary judgment as to the existence of a contract and the U.S. Government's breach of that contract in each of the related transactions. The U.S. Government disputed the existence of a contract in each case, cross-moved for summary judgment and submitted a filing acknowledging that it was not aware of any affirmative defenses. In August 1997, the Court held a hearing on summary judgment motions in four other related cases and ruled in favor of the plaintiffs on all "common" issues. From April 1998 through July 1999, Dime FSB conducted discovery. In September 1999, the U.S. Government filed supplemental papers in support of its pending summary judgment motion. Dime FSB responded to such filings in early November 1999, at which time it again requested entry of summary judgment on liability in its favor.
In October 1999, Dime FSB filed expert reports claiming damages under three alternative theories. Dime FSB sought lost profits in the amount of $980 million, restitution damages in the amount of $681 million, and reliance damages in the amount of $446 million. In March 2000, the U.S. Government filed expert reports denying the existence of damages under any of these theories.
In March 2001, the Court heard oral argument on the pending summary judgment motions with respect to three of the eight institutions acquired by Dime FSB. It is not possible to predict whether the Court will grant any of Dime FSB's motions for partial summary judgment or, if so, when it will schedule a trial on damages and any remaining liability issues.
In December 2000, Dime Bancorp, Inc., Dime FSB's parent, distributed Litigation Tracking Warrants to its shareholders, which represent the right to purchase Common Stock equal in value to 85% of the net after-tax proceeds, if any, from this lawsuit.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
For financial statements, see Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 61.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
58
Part III is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement issued in conjunction with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 16, 2002. Certain information regarding our principal officers is set forth in "Business Principal Officers."
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 61.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K:
Washington Mutual filed the following reports on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2001:
1. Report filed October 16, 2001. Items included: Item 5. Other Events, and Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits. The report included a press release announcing the Company's third quarter financial results.
2. Report filed on October 17, 2001. Items included: Item 5. Other Events, and Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits. The report included a transcript of remarks of Company management from the conference call held to discuss the Company's results of operations for the third quarter of 2001.
3. Report filed December 21, 2001. Items included: Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure. The report included an announcement by the Company that it received from the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) approval of the Company's acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.
(c) Exhibits:
The Index of Exhibits is included in the version of this Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
59
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 25, 2002.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | ||
|
|
/s/ KERRY K. KILLINGER Kerry K. Killinger Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on February 25, 2002.
|
|
|
/s/
KERRY K. KILLINGER
Kerry K. Killinger Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
/s/
WILLIAM A. LONGBRAKE
William A. Longbrake Vice Chair, Enterprise Risk Management and Chief Financial Officer |
|
/s/ DOUGLAS P. BEIGHLE Douglas P. Beighle Director |
|
/s/ ROBERT H. MILES Robert H. Miles Senior Vice President and Controller |
/s/ DAVID BONDERMAN David Bonderman Director |
|
/s/ MARGARET OSMER-MCQUADE Margaret Osmer-McQuade Director |
/s/ J. TAYLOR CRANDALL J. Taylor Crandall Director |
|
/s/ MARY E. PUGH Mary E. Pugh Director |
/s/ ANNE V. FARRELL Anne V. Farrell Director |
|
/s/ WILLIAM G. REED, JR. William G. Reed, Jr. Director |
/s/ STEPHEN E. FRANK Stephen E. Frank Director |
|
/s/ ELIZABETH A. SANDERS Elizabeth A. Sanders Director |
/s/ WILLIAM P. GERBERDING William P. Gerberding Director |
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. SCHULTE William D. Schulte Director |
/s/ ENRIQUE HERNANDEZ, JR. Enrique Hernandez, Jr. Director |
|
/s/ JAMES H. STEVER James H. Stever Director |
/s/ PHILLIP D. MATTHEWS Phillip D. Matthews Director |
|
/s/ WILLIS B. WOOD, JR. Willis B. Wood, Jr. Director |
/s/ MICHAEL K. MURPHY Michael K. Murphy Director |
|
|
60
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page
|
|
---|---|---|
Independent Auditors' Report | 62 | |
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 |
|
63 |
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2001 and 2000 |
|
64 |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 |
|
65 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 |
|
66 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
68 |
Supplementary Data (unaudited) |
|
120 |
61
To
the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Washington Mutual, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries ("the Company") as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 , Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, on January 1, 2001.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Seattle,
Washington
February 19, 2002
(March 1, 2002 as to Note 2)
62
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||
|
(in millions,
except per share amounts) |
|||||||||||
Interest Income | ||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 11,233 | $ | 9,388 | $ | 8,348 | ||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 3,573 | 2,811 | 2,481 | |||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities | - | 1,319 | 1,050 | |||||||||
Other interest and dividend income | 259 | 265 | 183 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total interest income | 15,065 | 13,783 | 12,062 | |||||||||
Interest Expense | ||||||||||||
Deposits | 3,094 | 3,290 | 3,170 | |||||||||
Borrowings | 5,095 | 6,182 | 4,440 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total interest expense | 8,189 | 9,472 | 7,610 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net interest income | 6,876 | 4,311 | 4,452 | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 575 | 185 | 167 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses | 6,301 | 4,126 | 4,285 | |||||||||
Noninterest Income | ||||||||||||
Depositor and other retail banking fees | 1,290 | 976 | 764 | |||||||||
Securities fees and commissions | 303 | 318 | 271 | |||||||||
Insurance income | 100 | 49 | 43 | |||||||||
Single-family residential ("SFR") mortgage banking (expense) income | (285 | ) | 433 | 237 | ||||||||
Portfolio loan related income | 193 | 82 | 73 | |||||||||
Gain (loss) from other securities | 744 | (3 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||
Other income | 282 | 129 | 133 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total noninterest income | 2,627 | 1,984 | 1,509 | |||||||||
Noninterest Expense | ||||||||||||
Compensation and benefits | 1,924 | 1,348 | 1,223 | |||||||||
Occupancy and equipment | 804 | 604 | 575 | |||||||||
Telecommunications and outsourced information services | 441 | 323 | 276 | |||||||||
Professional fees | 201 | 101 | 76 | |||||||||
Advertising and promotion | 185 | 132 | 111 | |||||||||
Depositor and other retail banking losses | 144 | 105 | 107 | |||||||||
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets | 172 | 106 | 98 | |||||||||
Other expense | 746 | 407 | 444 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total noninterest expense | 4,617 | 3,126 | 2,910 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item | 4,311 | 2,984 | 2,884 | |||||||||
Income taxes | 1,579 | 1,085 | 1,067 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | 2,732 | 1,899 | 1,817 | |||||||||
Extraordinary item gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements"), net of taxes of $239 million | 382 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net Income | $ | 3,114 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net Income Attributable to Common Stock | $ | 3,107 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Basic earnings per common share: | ||||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | $ | 3.20 | $ | 2.37 | $ | 2.12 | ||||||
Extraordinary item | 0.45 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | $ | 3.65 | $ | 2.37 | $ | 2.12 | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share: | ||||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | $ | 3.15 | $ | 2.36 | $ | 2.11 | ||||||
Extraordinary item | 0.44 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | $ | 3.59 | $ | 2.36 | $ | 2.11 | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Dividends declared per common share | $ | 0.90 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.65 | ||||||
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding | 850.2 | 801.3 | 859.0 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding | 864.7 | 804.7 | 861.8 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
63
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||
Assets | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 6,044 | $ | 2,622 | |||||
Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $58,783 and $42,288: | |||||||||
Encumbered | 38,649 | 23,576 | |||||||
Unencumbered | 19,700 | 18,583 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
58,349 | 42,159 | ||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities, total fair value of zero and $16,486: | |||||||||
Encumbered | - | 9,566 | |||||||
Unencumbered | - | 6,999 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
- | 16,565 | ||||||||
Loans held for sale | 23,842 | 3,404 | |||||||
Loans held in portfolio | 132,991 | 119,626 | |||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,404 | ) | (1,014 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Total loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses | 131,587 | 118,612 | |||||||
Mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") | 6,241 | 1,017 | |||||||
Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLBs") | 3,873 | 3,260 | |||||||
Goodwill and other intangible assets | 2,330 | 1,084 | |||||||
Other assets | 10,240 | 5,993 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total assets | $ | 242,506 | $ | 194,716 | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deposits: | |||||||||
Noninterest-bearing deposits | $ | 22,441 | $ | 8,755 | |||||
Interest-bearing deposits | 84,741 | 70,819 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total deposits | 107,182 | 79,574 | |||||||
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper | 4,690 | 4,115 | |||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase | 39,447 | 29,756 | |||||||
Advances from FHLBs | 61,182 | 57,855 | |||||||
Other borrowings | 12,576 | 9,930 | |||||||
Other liabilities | 3,264 | 3,320 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities | 228,341 | 184,550 | |||||||
Redeemable preferred stock | 102 | - | |||||||
Stockholders' Equity | |||||||||
Common stock, no par value: 1,600,000,000 shares authorized, 873,089,120 and
809,783,580 shares issued and outstanding |
- | - | |||||||
Capital surplus - common stock | 3,178 | 1,425 | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (243 | ) | (54 | ) | |||||
Retained earnings | 11,128 | 8,795 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total stockholders' equity | 14,063 | 10,166 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders' equity | $ | 242,506 | $ | 194,716 | |||||
|
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
Number of
Shares |
Total
|
Capital Surplus
Common Stock |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Retained
Earnings |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 1998 | 890.1 | $ | 9,344 | $ | 2,995 | $ | 74 | $ | 6,275 | ||||||||
Comprehensive income: | |||||||||||||||||
Net income 1999 | - | 1,817 | - | - | 1,817 | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | |||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized losses on securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments | - | (754 | ) | - | (754 | ) | - | ||||||||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | - | 6 | - | 6 | - | ||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | - | 1,069 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared on common stock | - | (570 | ) | - | - | (570 | ) | ||||||||||
Common stock repurchased and retired | (47.3 | ) | (1,082 | ) | (1,082 | ) | - | - | |||||||||
Common stock issued to acquire Long Beach Financial Corp | 9.5 | 207 | 207 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Common stock issued | 5.1 | 85 | 85 | - | - | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 1999 | 857.4 | 9,053 | 2,205 | (674 | ) | 7,522 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: | |||||||||||||||||
Net income 2000 | - | 1,899 | - | - | 1,899 | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax: | |||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized gains on securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments | - | 616 | - | 616 | - | ||||||||||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | - | 4 | - | 4 | - | ||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | - | 2,519 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared on common stock | - | (626 | ) | - | - | (626 | ) | ||||||||||
Common stock repurchased and retired | (52.2 | ) | (869 | ) | (869 | ) | - | - | |||||||||
Common stock issued | 4.6 | 89 | 89 | - | - | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 2000 | 809.8 | 10,166 | 1,425 | (54 | ) | 8,795 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: | |||||||||||||||||
Net income 2001 | - | 3,114 | - | - | 3,114 | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | |||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized losses on securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments | - | (191 | ) | - | (191 | ) | - | ||||||||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | - | (1 | ) | - | (1 | ) | - | ||||||||||
Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedging instruments | - | 3 | - | 3 | - | ||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | - | 2,925 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared on common stock | - | (774 | ) | - | - | (774 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock | - | (7 | ) | - | - | (7 | ) | ||||||||||
Common stock repurchased and retired | (7.3 | ) | (231 | ) | (231 | ) | - | - | |||||||||
Common stock warrants issued,
net of issuance costs |
- | 398 | 398 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Common stock issued to acquire Bank United Corp. | 63.9 | 1,389 | 1,389 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Common stock issued | 6.7 | 197 | 197 | - | - | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 2001 | 873.1 | $ | 14,063 | $ | 3,178 | $ | (243 | ) | $ | 11,128 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
65
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 3,114 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 575 | 185 | 167 | |||||||||
Gain from mortgage loans | (967 | ) | (262 | ) | (109 | ) | ||||||
(Gain) loss from securities | (861 | ) | 1 | 12 | ||||||||
Extraordinary item gain on extinguishment of repurchase agreements, net of taxes | (382 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,590 | 539 | 400 | |||||||||
MSR impairment (recovery) | 1,749 | 9 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Stock dividends from FHLBs | (216 | ) | (221 | ) | (139 | ) | ||||||
Origination and purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments | (133,534 | ) | (13,123 | ) | (4,996 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale | 118,131 | 12,610 | 8,960 | |||||||||
Decrease (increase) in other assets | 1,418 | 793 | (502 | ) | ||||||||
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities | (1,394 | ) | 592 | (336 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities | (10,777 | ) | 3,022 | 5,270 | ||||||||
Cash Flows from Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Purchases of securities | (60,077 | ) | (2,843 | ) | (17,091 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") | 20,202 | 2,366 | 1,409 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of other available-for-sale securities | 31,691 | 1,476 | 271 | |||||||||
Principal payments on securities | 11,830 | 8,373 | 12,411 | |||||||||
Purchases of investment in FHLBs | - | (136 | ) | (787 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from sales of loans | - | 13,164 | 55 | |||||||||
Origination and purchases of loans, net of principal payments | (1,677 | ) | (29,023 | ) | (23,928 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets | 257 | 265 | 354 | |||||||||
Net cash used for acquisitions | (13,818 | ) | (23 | ) | (144 | ) | ||||||
Purchases of premises and equipment, net | (753 | ) | (272 | ) | (319 | ) | ||||||
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance | - | (1,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities, carried forward | (12,345 | ) | (7,653 | ) | (27,769 | ) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
66
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities, brought forward | (12,345 | ) | (7,653 | ) | (27,769 | ) | ||||||
Cash Flows from Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Increase (decrease) in deposits | 19,932 | (1,553 | ) | (4,289 | ) | |||||||
Deposits sold | (423 | ) | (3 | ) | (73 | ) | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings | 24,220 | (6,373 | ) | 5,413 | ||||||||
Proceeds from long-term borrowings | 12,799 | 32,615 | 15,881 | |||||||||
Repayments of long-term borrowings | (25,252 | ) | (19,817 | ) | (9,911 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from advances from FHLBs | 135,015 | 88,749 | 87,174 | |||||||||
Repayments of advances from FHLBs | (139,302 | ) | (87,990 | ) | (69,828 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock | (781 | ) | (626 | ) | (570 | ) | ||||||
Repurchase of common stock | (231 | ) | (869 | ) | (1,082 | ) | ||||||
Common stock warrants issued | 398 | - | - | |||||||||
Other | 169 | 80 | 67 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 26,544 | 4,213 | 22,782 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 3,422 | (418 | ) | 283 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | 2,622 | 3,040 | 2,757 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | $ | 6,044 | $ | 2,622 | $ | 3,040 | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Noncash Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loans exchanged for MBS | $ | 2,399 | $ | 7,414 | $ | 14,764 | ||||||
Real estate acquired through foreclosure | 345 | 255 | 338 | |||||||||
Loans originated to facilitate the sale of foreclosed assets | 13 | 36 | 65 | |||||||||
Loans held in portfolio transferred to loans held for sale | - | 1,314 | - | |||||||||
Fair value of Bank United Corp. assets acquired | 19,034 | - | - | |||||||||
Fair value of Bank United Corp. liabilities acquired | 17,374 | - | - | |||||||||
Cash Paid During the Year For |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest on deposits | 3,070 | 3,287 | 3,151 | |||||||||
Interest on borrowings | 5,388 | 6,257 | 4,251 | |||||||||
Income taxes | 1,477 | 444 | 855 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
67
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
Washington Mutual, Inc. ("WMI" and together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual" or the "Company") is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small to mid-sized businesses. The Company accepts deposits from the general public, makes, buys and sells residential loans, consumer loans, and commercial loans, and engages in certain commercial banking activities. The Company originates, purchases, sells and services specialty mortgage finance loans.
The Company has a concentration of operations in California. At December 31, 2001, 51% of the Company's loan portfolio and 63% of the Company's deposits were concentrated in California.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2000 and 1999 financial statements to conform to the 2001 presentation. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
On October 1, 1999, Washington Mutual acquired Long Beach Financial Corporation, parent of Long Beach Mortgage Company ("Long Beach Mortgage"). In 2001, Washington Mutual acquired Bank United Corp., Fleet Mortgage Corp., and the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. These acquisitions were accounted for as purchases.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purpose of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments, commercial paper and repurchase agreements with an initial maturity of three months or less.
Held-to-Maturity Securities
Investments classified as held to maturity are accounted for at amortized cost because the Company has both the positive intent and the ability to hold those securities to maturity. Other than temporary declines in fair value are recognized in the income statement as loss from securities. With the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company reclassified its held-to-maturity MBS and investment portfolios to available-for-sale.
Available-for-Sale Securities
Securities not classified as held to maturity are considered to be available for sale. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are based on the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses from available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and reported (net of tax) in accumulated other comprehensive income until realized. Other than temporary declines in fair value are recognized in the income statement as loss from securities.
68
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale include originated and purchased/correspondent mortgage loans intended for sale in the secondary market. The Company enters into forward sales agreements to manage interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. Loans held for sale with designated fair value hedges are recorded at fair value. Loans held for sale without designated fair value hedges are recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value.
Loans Held in Portfolio
Loans held in portfolio are recorded at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan costs or fees and any discounts or premiums on purchased loans. Deferred costs or fees, discounts and premiums are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan adjusted for actual prepayments.
Management generally ceases to accrue interest income on all loans that become four payments delinquent and reverses all interest accrued up to that time. Thereafter, interest income is accrued only if and when, in management's opinion, projected cash proceeds are deemed sufficient to repay both principal and interest. All loans for which interest is not being accrued are referred to as loans on nonaccrual status.
Commercial real estate loans over $1 million and all commercial business and builder construction loans are individually evaluated for impairment. Management generally identifies loans to be evaluated for impairment when such loans are on nonaccrual status or have been restructured. However, not all nonaccrual loans are impaired. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts contractually due, including scheduled interest payments. Restructured loans are evaluated for impairment based on the contractual terms specified by the original loan agreement, rather than the contractual terms specified by the restructuring agreement. Loans performing under restructured terms beyond a specified performance period are classified as accruing, but may still be deemed impaired. Factors involved in determining impairment include, but are not limited to, the financial condition of the borrower, the value of the underlying collateral, and current economic conditions. All other loans are reviewed on a collective basis.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Management performs regular, ongoing reviews of its portfolios to identify these inherent losses, and to assess the overall probability of collection of these portfolios. The Company monitors delinquency, default, and loss rates, among other factors impacting portfolio risk. The Company's methodology for assessing the appropriate level of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include the allocated allowance, specific allowances for identified loans and the unallocated allowance.
The allocated allowance is assessed on both homogeneous and non-homogeneous loan portfolios. The amount is calculated by applying loss factors to the outstanding loan balances and commitments of these portfolios. Loss factors are based on analysis of the historical performance of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. Each homogeneous portfolio, such as single family residential or specialty mortgage finance, is evaluated collectively.
Non-homogeneous type loans, such as commercial business, commercial real estate and builder SFR construction loans, are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company's internal risk rating
69
scale. These loans are reviewed on an individual loan basis and loss factors are applied based on the risk rating assigned to the loan. A specific allowance may be assigned to non-homogeneous type loans that have been individually determined to be impaired. Any specific allowance considers all available evidence including, as appropriate, the present value of payments expected to be received, or for loans that are solely dependent on collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of the collateral.
The unallocated allowance is based upon management's evaluation and judgment of various conditions that are not directly measured in the determination of the allocated and specific allowances. The conditions evaluated in connection with the unallocated allowance may include existing general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, bank regulatory examination results and findings of the Company's internal credit examiners.
When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The existence of some or all of the following criteria will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not evidenced the ability or intent to bring the loan current; the Company has no recourse to the borrower, or if it does, the borrower has insufficient assets to pay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no near-term prospect for improvement.
Consumer loans secured by collateral other than real estate are charged off if and when they exceed a specified number of days contractually delinquent (180 days for substantially all loans). Single-family residential loans and consumer loans secured by real estate are written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral (less projected cost to sell) when they are contractually delinquent 120 days.
The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company's control. These factors may result in losses or recoveries differing significantly from those provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Restructured Loans
In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured (accruing) loan. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified may be excluded from the impairment assessment and may cease to be considered impaired loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring if they are not impaired based on the modified terms.
Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.
70
Foreclosed Assets
Foreclosed assets include properties acquired through foreclosure that are transferred at fair value, less estimated selling costs, which represents the new recorded basis of the property. Subsequently, properties are evaluated and any additional declines in value are recorded in current period earnings. The amount the Company ultimately recovers from foreclosed assets may differ substantially from the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond the Company's control or because of changes in the Company's strategy for sale or development of the property.
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, was issued in September 2000 and replaces SFAS No. 125 of the same title. This Statement revises the standards for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral, but carries over most of SFAS No. 125's provisions without reconsideration. This Statement was effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001 and was effective for recognition and reclassification of collateral and for disclosures relating to securitization transactions and collateral for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2000. See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Note 3: "Securities", and Note 5: "Mortgage Banking Activities."
Washington Mutual securitizes, sells and services interests in single family residential, specialty mortgage finance, and commercial real estate loans. When the Company sells or securitizes loans, it generally retains the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. Gain on sale of the assets depends, in part, on the Company's allocation of the previous carrying amount of the assets to the retained interests. Previous carrying amounts are allocated in proportion to the relative fair values of the assets sold and the interests retained.
Quoted market prices, if available, are used to obtain fair values of senior, subordinate and residual interests. Generally, quoted market prices for subordinate and residual interests are not available; therefore, the Company estimates the fair values based upon the present value of the associated expected future cash flows. In determining the fair value of subordinate and residual interests, management is required to estimate future prepayment rates, discount rates, expected credit losses, and other factors that impact the value of retained interests. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements "Mortgage Banking Activities."
The fair value of the MSR is determined as of the sale date by reference to internally developed estimates of fair value based on the following characteristics:
Those estimated fair values are updated based on the results of internal valuations, market pricing, and survey results. Any changes made to those values are reviewed and approved by an appropriate level of management.
The Company stratifies its MSR based on the predominant characteristics of the underlying financial assets. The effect of changes in market interest rates on estimated rates of loan prepayments represents the predominant risk characteristic underlying the MSR portfolio. For purposes of measuring impairment, the Company has determined that three interest rate bands adequately stratify loans with similar prepayment
71
characteristics. Product-specific risk characteristics such as adjustable-rate mortgage ("ARM") loans, conventional, Government, and other mortgage loans also affect the MSR valuation, as discount rates, costs to service, and other important valuation factors differ by those product types.
The following is a summary of the MSR strata used by the Company to assess impairment:
Loan Type
|
Rate Band
|
|
---|---|---|
ARM | All loans | |
Conventional | 0.00% to 7.49% | |
Conventional | 7.50% to 8.99% | |
Conventional | 9.00% and above | |
Government | 0.00% to 7.49% | |
Government | 7.50% to 8.99% | |
Government | 9.00% and above | |
Private | 0.00% to 7.49% | |
Private | 7.50% to 8.99% | |
Private | 9.00% and above | |
Master servicing | All loans | |
Specialty home loans | All loans |
Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each individual stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect the amount, if any, by which the cost basis of the MSR for a given stratum exceeds its fair value. Any fair value in excess of the cost basis of MSR for a given stratum is not recognized.
Because quoted market prices from active markets are not readily available, a present value cash flow model is used to estimate the value which the MSR could be sold for in the open market as of the valuation date. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions.
The most important assumptions used in the MSR valuation model are anticipated loan prepayments and discount rates. Other assumptions such as the cost to service the underlying loans, foreclosure costs, ancillary income and float rates, are used in determining the value of the MSRs.
The factors used for those assumptions are selected based on market interest rates and other market assumptions, and their reasonableness is confirmed through surveys conducted with independent brokers. They are reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis by an appropriate level of management. In addition, independent broker appraisals of the fair value of the MSR portfolio are obtained at least annually to confirm the reasonableness of the value generated by the MSR valuation model.
Investment in FHLBs
The Company's investment in the stock of the FHLBs is carried at cost and is classified as restricted, as the Company can only sell stock back to the FHLBs at par value or to other member banks. Dividends are included within other interest and dividend income.
Premises and Equipment
Land, buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at amortized cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or lease terms. The Company reviews
72
buildings, leasehold improvements, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the estimated undiscounted cash flows for the property are less than its carrying value. If identified, an impairment loss is recognized through a charge to earnings based on the fair value of the property.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired by the Company. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired consists of goodwill, core deposit premiums, and other intangible assets. Substantially all of the Company's goodwill is being amortized using the straight-line method over 10 to 25 years. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company reviews its intangible assets periodically for other-than-temporary impairment. If such impairment is indicated, recoverability of the asset is assessed based on expected undiscounted net cash flows.
As of January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which eliminates the amortization of goodwill relating to past and future acquisitions. See further discussion under the heading Recently Issued Accounting Standards .
Repurchase Agreements
The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities. Under these arrangements, the Company transfers legal control over the assets but still retains effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, repurchase agreements are accounted for as financing arrangements and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition while the dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the respective asset accounts. Those securities are classified as encumbered.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company's income tax returns. The comprehensive deferred tax provision for the year is equal to the change in the deferred tax asset or liability from the beginning to the end of the year. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the tax provision in the period that includes the enactment date of the change.
For tax reporting purposes, the Company reports income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting and files a consolidated tax return on that basis as well. The Company's federal tax filings generally include all subsidiaries.
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share ("EPS") are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options.
73
Derivatives
On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . That Statement requires derivatives to be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through earnings. Certain derivative instruments can qualify as a hedge of changes in the fair value of recognized assets and liabilities or firm commitments or changes in expected future cash flows. In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recognized in earnings are offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. To the extent that the hedging derivative is ineffective, the changes in fair value will not offset and the difference is reflected in earnings. In a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded initially in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income subsequently are reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized in earnings immediately.
The initial application of SFAS No. 133 did not have a significant impact on earnings and other comprehensive income and had the following impact on the Company's assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2001 (in millions):
Increase in fair value of derivatives classified as assets | $ | 151 | |||
Increase in the book value of MSR | 126 | ||||
Increase in available-for-sale securities | 14,651 | ||||
Increase in other assets | 1,788 | ||||
Decrease in held-to-maturity securities | (16,565 | ) | |||
|
|||||
Total impact on assets | 151 | ||||
Increase in fair value of derivatives classified as liabilities | 66 | ||||
Increase in the book value of hedged borrowings | 129 | ||||
|
|||||
Total impact on liabilities | 195 |
The adoption of SFAS No. 133 resulted in the recognition of derivative-related assets, derivative-related liabilities, and an increase in the recorded value of hedged borrowings. A portion of the reclassification of the Company's held-to-maturity MBS portfolio to available-for-sale was allocated to MSR, representing retained interests from securitizations of loans that the Company had completed after January 1, 1996 and for which no MSR had been capitalized previously. Since January 1, 1996, MSR have been capitalized for all securitizations of loans that were either sold or retained in the available-for-sale securities portfolio.
Hedging Activities
The Company enters into derivative contracts to hedge certain assets, liabilities, and probable forecasted transactions. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge. The hedge must be effective in reducing the designated risk. The effectiveness of the derivatives is evaluated on an initial and ongoing basis using quantitative measures of correlation.
Interest rate swaps wherein the Company receives a fixed rate of interest are designated as fair value hedges against fixed-rate liabilities. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets or other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are recorded in interest expense on borrowings. Any
74
portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as a hedge that is deemed ineffective is recorded in earnings.
Interest rate swaps wherein the Company pays a fixed rate of interest and stand alone interest rate caps are designated as cash flow hedges against variable-rate liabilities. Similarly, the Company uses stand alone swaptions to change the interest rate characteristics of certain probable forecasted transactions. Stand alone interest rate swaptions, in which the Company has an option to engage in an interest rate swap, are designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated issuances of debt. For these cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives that offset changes in cash flows of a hedged item are recorded initially in other comprehensive income. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets or other liabilities. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to interest expense on borrowings during the same period in which the hedged item affects interest expense. In the event that the probable forecasted transactions are no longer likely to occur, the amount recorded in other comprehensive income is immediately recognized in other income.
Certain interest rate floors, caps and swaptions are embedded within financial instruments, such as borrowings. These embedded derivatives are used as economic hedges of MSR, floating rate debt and forecasted borrowings. Embedded derivatives are not required to be accounted for separately as derivatives under SFAS No. 133, provided that they are considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract. If such borrowings are terminated early, the resulting gain or loss is required to be reported as an extraordinary item.
Loans held for sale expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages the interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale by entering into forward sales agreements. Certain of these forward sales agreements are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these forward sales agreements is recorded in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these forward sales agreements are recorded in gain from mortgage loans. In these cases, the change in fair value of the hedged loans is also recorded in gain from mortgage loans.
Commitments to Originate Loans
The Company enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Therefore, they are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans. For purposes of determining their fair value, the Company performs a net present value analysis of the anticipated cash flows associated with the rate lock commitments. Included in the net present value analysis are anticipated cash flows associated with the expected retained servicing of the loans. Rate lock commitments expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages that risk by acquiring forward sales contracts and purchased put options which are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2001, SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were issued. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method. SFAS No. 142 became effective January 1, 2002 and eliminates the amortization of goodwill relating to past and future acquisitions (except that goodwill related to business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and consummated before January 1, 2002 was not required to be amortized). Instead, goodwill is subject to an impairment assessment that must be performed upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 and at least annually thereafter.
75
The impairment assessment in connection with the initial adoption of SFAS No. 142 will not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. For acquisitions initiated prior to July 1, 2001, pretax goodwill amortization of approximately $110 million will no longer be expensed. Certain other identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized.
Note 2: Business Combinations
The Company's business combinations during 2001 have been accounted for using the purchase method, and, accordingly, the total purchase price of each acquired company was allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair values is recorded as goodwill. Results of operations for the acquired companies are included prospectively from the date of acquisition.
On January 31, 2001, Washington Mutual, Inc. acquired the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. for approximately $7.0 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $3 billion in loans held for sale and $2 billion in mortgage servicing rights. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $330 million. The final purchase price of the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is the subject of ongoing litigation. The values assigned to assets received and liabilities assumed for this transaction, including the amount of goodwill recorded, are subject to the outcome of the litigation.
On February 9, 2001, the Company acquired Texas-based Bank United Corp., for a purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $12 billion in loans held in portfolio, $1 billion in securities, $8 billion in deposits and $8 billion in FHLB advances. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $980 million. The Company issued 63.9 million shares of its common stock to acquire Bank United Corp.
On June 1, 2001, the Company acquired Fleet Mortgage Corp., a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., and certain other mortgage lending operations of Fleet National Bank for approximately $7.5 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $4 billion in loans held for sale and $3 billion in mortgage servicing rights. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $140 million.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill created from these acquisitions was being amortized over 20 years.
On January 4, 2002, the Company acquired Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime") for approximately $1.4 billion in cash and approximately 96.4 million shares of common stock, which resulted in a total purchase price of approximately $5.2 billion. This acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. At January 4, 2002, Dime had approximately $27.9 billion in assets.
On December 11, 2001, the Company announced the signing of an agreement to acquire for cash certain operating assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"). The Company paid a $25 million premium over the value of the acquired assets. HomeSide is the U.S. mortgage unit of the National Australia Bank Limited. The transaction was consummated on March 1, 2002.
76
Note 3: Securities
The amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of securities were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Amortized
Cost |
Unrealized
Gains |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Yield
(1)
|
|||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | $ | 30,459 | $ | 41 | $ | (1,143 | ) | $ | 29,357 | 5.50 | % | |||||||
Other securities | 256 | 5 | (3 | ) | 258 | 5.92 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities | 171 | 2 | (7 | ) | 166 | 5.41 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total investment securities | 30,886 | 48 | (1,153 | ) | 29,781 | 5.50 | ||||||||||||
MBS: | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | 17,780 | 441 | (23 | ) | 18,198 | 6.05 | ||||||||||||
Private issue | 10,117 | 264 | (11 | ) | 10,370 | 6.25 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total MBS securities | 27,897 | 705 | (34 | ) | 28,568 | 6.12 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total available-for-sale securities | $ | 58,783 | $ | 753 | $ | (1,187 | ) | $ | 58,349 | 5.80 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2000
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Amortized
Cost |
Unrealized
Gains |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Yield
(1)
|
|||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | $ | 1,432 | $ | 39 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 1,470 | 6.28 | % | |||||||
Other securities | 158 | 1 | (2 | ) | 157 | 6.48 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities | 193 | 1 | (11 | ) | 183 | 5.88 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total investment securities | 1,783 | 41 | (14 | ) | 1,810 | 6.26 | ||||||||||||
MBS: | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | 24,639 | 123 | (191 | ) | 24,571 | 6.78 | ||||||||||||
Private issue | 15,866 | 64 | (152 | ) | 15,778 | 7.08 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total MBS securities | 40,505 | 187 | (343 | ) | 40,349 | 6.90 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total available-for-sale securities | $ | 42,288 | $ | 228 | $ | (357 | ) | $ | 42,159 | 6.87 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: | ||||||||||||||||||
Other securities | $ | 137 | $ | 3 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 139 | 5.85 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total investment securities | 137 | 3 | (1 | ) | 139 | 5.85 | ||||||||||||
MBS: | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | 10,211 | 30 | (107 | ) | 10,134 | 7.04 | ||||||||||||
Private issue | 6,217 | 49 | (53 | ) | 6,213 | 6.96 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total MBS securities | 16,428 | 79 | (160 | ) | 16,347 | 7.01 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total held-to-maturity securities | $ | 16,565 | $ | 82 | $ | (161 | ) | $ | 16,486 | 7.00 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
77
Fair value of securities by contractual maturity was as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Total
Amount |
Yield
(1)
|
Due Within
One Year |
Yield
(1)
|
After One
But Within Five Years |
Yield
(1)
|
After Five
But Within Ten Years |
Yield
(1)
|
After
Ten Years |
Yield
(1)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | $ | 29,357 | 5.50 | % | $ | 13 | 6.34 | % | $ | 1,980 | 3.94 | % | $ | 25,547 | 5.58 | % | $ | 1,817 | 5.97 | % | |||||||||
Other securities | 258 | 5.92 | 11 | 6.21 | 62 | 6.17 | 33 | 5.62 | 152 | 5.86 | |||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities | 166 | 5.41 | 155 | 5.82 | 11 | 6.31 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total investment securities | 29,781 | 5.50 | 179 | 5.88 | 2,053 | 4.02 | 25,580 | 5.58 | 1,969 | 5.96 | |||||||||||||||||||
MBS (2) : | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government and agency | 18,198 | 6.05 | 115 | 6.48 | 171 | 6.45 | 223 | 6.08 | 17,689 | 6.04 | |||||||||||||||||||
Private issue | 10,370 | 6.25 | - | - | - | - | 2 | 7.42 | 10,368 | 6.25 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total MBS securities | 28,568 | 6.12 | 115 | 6.48 | 171 | 6.45 | 225 | 6.09 | 28,057 | 6.12 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total fair value of available-for-sale securities | $ | 58,349 | 5.80 | $ | 294 | 6.18 | $ | 2,224 | 4.20 | $ | 25,805 | 5.58 | $ | 30,026 | 6.11 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to U.S. Government and agency MBS, the securities portfolio contained investment grade private issue MBS of $9.02 billion at December 31, 2001, which included $6.25 billion of MBS originated by Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA"), and $16.66 billion at December 31, 2000, which included $14.64 billion of MBS originated by WMBFA.
Proceeds from sales of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio during 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $50.18 billion, $4.14 billion and $1.44 billion. The Company realized $800 million in gains and $95 million in losses on these sales during 2001. The Company realized $27 million in gains and $29 million in losses on sales during 2000. Similarly, the Company realized $4 million in gains and $13 million in losses during 1999.
Pledged securities having a fair value of $38.65 billion and an amortized cost of $39.32 billion are also subject to certain agreements which may allow the secured party to either sell, rehypothecate or otherwise pledge the securities. These amounts have been separately identified in the statement of financial condition as encumbered. In addition, securities with an amortized cost of $5.40 billion and a fair value of $5.62 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, other borrowings, FHLB advances and access to the Federal Reserve discount window. The Company had not accepted any securities as collateral that it was permitted to sell or repledge as of December 31, 2001.
78
Note 4: Loans Held in Portfolio
Loans held in portfolio consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||
|
Loan Balance
(1)
|
||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||
Loans held in portfolio: | |||||||||
SFR | $ | 82,021 | $ | 80,181 | |||||
Specialty mortgage finance (2) | 9,821 | 6,783 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total SFR loans | 91,842 | 86,964 | |||||||
SFR construction: | |||||||||
Builder (3) | 2,127 | 1,040 | |||||||
Custom (4) | 475 | 391 | |||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer: | |||||||||
Home equity lines and loans | 9,320 | 6,521 | |||||||
Other | 3,728 | 3,957 | |||||||
Commercial business | 5,390 | 2,274 | |||||||
Commercial real estate (5) : | |||||||||
Multi-family | 15,608 | 15,657 | |||||||
Other commercial real estate | 4,501 | 2,822 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total loans held in portfolio | $ | 132,991 | $ | 119,626 | |||||
|
|
The amount of impaired loans and the related allowances were as follows:
|
December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Impaired loans: | |||||||
With allowances | $ | 358 | $ | 226 | |||
Without allowances | 713 | 285 | |||||
|
|
||||||
$ | 1,071 | $ | 511 | ||||
|
|
||||||
Allowance for impaired loans | $ | 69 | $ | 40 |
The average balance of impaired loans and the related interest income recognized were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||
Average balance of impaired loans | $ | 910 | $ | 566 | $ | 670 | |||
Interest income recognized | 76 | 38 | 46 |
79
Loans totaling $73.17 billion and $62.43 billion at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs.
Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year | $ | 1,014 | $ | 1,042 | $ | 1,068 | |||||||
Allowance acquired through business combinations/other | 120 | (36 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 575 | 185 | 167 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
1,709 | 1,191 | 1,234 | |||||||||||
Loans charged off: | |||||||||||||
SFR | (29 | ) | (19 | ) | (38 | ) | |||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | (26 | ) | (5 | ) | - | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total SFR charge offs | (55 | ) | (24 | ) | (38 | ) | |||||||
SFR construction (2) | - | (1 | ) | - | |||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | (200 | ) | (163 | ) | (143 | ) | |||||||
Commercial business | (74 | ) | (11 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||
Multi-family | - | (2 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||||
Other commercial real estate | (10 | ) | (2 | ) | (22 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total charge offs | (339 | ) | (203 | ) | (223 | ) | |||||||
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: | |||||||||||||
SFR | 2 | 1 | 4 | ||||||||||
Specialty mortgage finance (1) | - | 1 | - | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total SFR recoveries | 2 | 2 | 4 | ||||||||||
Second mortgage and other consumer | 23 | 21 | 19 | ||||||||||
Commercial business | 6 | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||
Multi-family | - | 1 | 3 | ||||||||||
Other commercial real estate | 3 | 1 | 4 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total recoveries | 34 | 26 | 31 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net charge offs | (305 | ) | (177 | ) | (192 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance, end of year | $ | 1,404 | $ | 1,014 | $ | 1,042 | |||||||
|
|
|
80
Note 5: Mortgage Banking Activities
During 2001 and 2000, the Company sold mortgage loans in securitization transactions and retained servicing responsibilities as well as senior and subordinated interests. The Company receives annual servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding balance and rights to cash flows remaining after the investors in the securitization trust have received their contractual payments. The allocated carrying value of loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 were $102.05 billion and $16.90 billion, respectively. Of the loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the amounts held by investors and securitization trusts that have recourse to the Company totaled zero and $812 million. The Company recognized pretax gains of $899 million on these securitizations for 2001 and $189 million for 2000. During 2001, the Company sold $5.75 billion allocated carrying value of loans securitized in prior years and recorded pretax gains of $103 million from these sales.
Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of retained interests (excluding MSR) resulting from securitizations completed during the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, and accounted for as sales at the date of securitization, were as follows (rates are per annum and are weighted based on the principal amounts securitized):
|
Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans |
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Non-Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Specialty
Home Loans |
||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2001 | |||||||||||
Constant prepayment rate ("CPR") (1) | - | 23.22 | % | 33.70 | % | ||||||
Weighted-average life (in years) | - | 3.6 | 2.1 | ||||||||
Discount rate (2) | - | 5.45 | % | 30.00 | % | ||||||
Expected annual credit losses as a percentage of average principal balance | - | - | 5.54 | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CPR (1) | 20.00 | % | 20.00 | % | 33.30 | % | |||||
Weighted-average life (in years) | 8.3 | 9.7 | 9.1 | ||||||||
Discount rate (2) | 6.65 | % | 7.90 | % | 30.00 | % | |||||
Expected annual credit losses as a percentage of average principal balance | - | - | 2.82 | ||||||||
Other (3) | $ | 3 | $ | (26 | ) | $ | - |
Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. As of December 31, 2001, static pool losses for all adjustable- and fixed-rate government and non-government sponsored enterprise assets and specialty home loans assets that were valued using specific credit loss assumptions were not material.
81
At December 31, 2001, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests (excluding MSR) to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans |
Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans |
|
|||||||||||
|
Non-Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Non-Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Specialty
Home Loans |
||||||||||
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|||||||||||
Fair value of retained interests | $ | 442 | $ | 1,122 | $ | 5,226 | $ | 90 | ||||||
Weighted-average life (in years) | 5.4 | 6.8 | 3.4 | 2.2 | ||||||||||
CPR (1) | 15.00 | % | 20.00 | % | 29.00 | % | 33.90 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | $ | 1 | $ | 12 | $ | 39 | $ | 12 | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% decrease | 2 | 29 | 101 | 52 | ||||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | - | - | - | (9 | ) | |||||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | (2 | ) | (17 | ) | (51 | ) | (18 | ) | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 100% increase | (2 | ) | (28 | ) | (83 | ) | - | |||||||
Discount rate | 6.51 | % | 4.54 | % | 4.68 | % | 30.00 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% decrease | $ | 12 | $ | 1 | $ | 2 | $ | 4 | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | 31 | 1 | 6 | 10 | ||||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | (27 | ) | (1 | ) | (6 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | (51 | ) | (3 | ) | (12 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||
Expected credit losses as a percentage of average principal balance | - | - | - | 5.54 | % | |||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | - | - | - | $ | 28 | |||||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% decrease | - | - | - | 67 | ||||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | - | - | - | (26 | ) | |||||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | - | - | - | (53 | ) | |||||||||
Other (2) | - | $ | 20 | $ | 37 | - | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% decrease | - | (2 | ) | (4 | ) | - | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | - | (5 | ) | (9 | ) | - | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | - | 5 | 9 | - | ||||||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | - | 10 | 19 | - |
In 2001, the Company recognized $58 million in pretax gains for specialty home loans retained interests that are marked to market through earnings.
82
The table below summarizes retained interests (excluding MSR) categorized by credit rating:
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions)
|
||||
Credit rating: | |||||
AAA | $ | 4,639 | |||
Agency insured | 1,122 | ||||
BBB | 7 | ||||
Not rated | 1,112 | ||||
|
|||||
Total | $ | 6,880 | |||
|
Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of all capitalized MSR created during the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, including securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and whole loan sales, were as follows (rates per annum):
|
Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans |
Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans |
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Non-Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Non-Government
Sponsored Enterprise |
Specialty
Home Loans |
|||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2001 | ||||||||||||
CPR (1) | 9.50 | % | 10.50 | % | 28.00 | % | 23.00 | % | 32.00 | % | ||
Cash flows discounted at (base MSR) | 9.00 | 11.00 | 12.00 | 15.00 | 14.00 | |||||||
Cash flows discounted at (excess MSR) | 12.00 | 19.00 | 13.00 | 18.00 | n.a. | |||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CPR (1) | 10.50 | % | 12.00 | % | 23.00 | % | 24.00 | % | 30.90 | % | ||
Cash flows discounted at | 9.50 | 12.00 | 13.00 | 13.00 | 14.00 |
83
At December 31, 2001, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for all capitalized MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Mortgage Servicing Rights
|
||||||||||
|
Adjustable-Rate
Loans |
Fixed-Rate
Loans |
Specialty
Home Loans |
||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||
Fair value of capitalized MSR | $ | 885 | $ | 5,332 | $ | 49 | |||||
Weighted-average life (in years) | 4.4 | 5.3 | 2.1 | ||||||||
CPR (1) | 17.55 | % | 15.42 | % | 36.90 | % | |||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | $ | 152 | $ | 879 | $ | 8 | |||||
Impact on fair value of 50% decrease | 341 | 2,009 | 20 | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 100% increase | (426 | ) | (2,101 | ) | - | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 200% increase | (657 | ) | (2,970 | ) | - | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | - | - | (6 | ) | |||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | - | - | (11 | ) | |||||||
Future cash flows discounted at | 13.25 | % | 10.38 | % | 14.00 | % | |||||
Impact on fair value of 10% decrease | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 1 | |||||
Impact on fair value of 25% decrease | 95 | 525 | 2 | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 50% decrease | 218 | 1,179 | - | ||||||||
Impact on fair value of 25% increase | (75 | ) | (431 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||
Impact on fair value of 50% increase | (136 | ) | (791 | ) | (4 | ) |
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities.
The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||
Proceeds from new securitization sales | $ | 109,188 | $ | 17,012 | ||
Principal and interest received on retained interests | 1,633 | 360 | ||||
Servicing fees received (1) | 1,260 | 276 | ||||
Loan repurchases (1) | 1,502 | 177 |
84
The tables below present quantitative information about delinquencies, net credit losses, and components of securitized financial assets and other assets managed together with them (excludes securitized assets that an entity continues to service but which it has no other continuing involvement):
|
December 31, 2001
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2001 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Unpaid
Principal Balance |
Principal Amount
of Loans on Nonaccrual Status |
Net
Credit Losses |
||||||||
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
||||||||
Mortgage loans | $ | 143,361 | $ | 1,289 | $ | 36 | |||||
Specialty home loans | 9,481 | 1,036 | 21 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total loans managed | $ | 152,842 | $ | 2,325 | $ | 57 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprised of: | |||||||||||
Loans sold, including securitizations | $ | 36,956 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale and held in portfolio | 101,995 | ||||||||||
Loans securitized and retained | 13,891 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total loans managed | $ | 152,842 | |||||||||
|
|
|
December 31, 2000 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2000 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Unpaid Principal Balance
|
Principal Amount of Loans on Nonaccrual Status
|
Net
Credit Losses |
||||||||
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
||||||||
Mortgage loans | $ | 115,058 | $ | 563 | $ | 30 | |||||
Specialty home loans | 6,005 | 267 | 9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total loans managed | $ | 121,063 | $ | 830 | $ | 39 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprised of: | |||||||||||
Loans sold, including securitizations | $ | 9,432 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale and held in portfolio | 79,178 | ||||||||||
Loans securitized and retained | 32,453 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total loans managed | $ | 121,063 | |||||||||
|
85
SFR mortgage banking (expense) income consisted of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||
Loan servicing fees | $ | 1,375 | $ | 295 | $ | 291 | |||||
Amortization of MSR | (1,006 | ) | (133 | ) | (88 | ) | |||||
Impairment of MSR | (1,749 | ) | (9 | ) | 4 | ||||||
Other, net | (141 | ) | (19 | ) | (109 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net SFR loan servicing (expense) income | (1,521 | ) | 134 | 98 | |||||||
Loan related income | 156 | 35 | 30 | ||||||||
Gain from mortgage loans | 963 | 262 | 109 | ||||||||
Gain from sale of originated MBS | 117 | 2 | - | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total SFR mortgage banking (expense) income | $ | (285 | ) | $ | 433 | $ | 237 | ||||
|
|
|
Changes in the balance of MSR, net of the valuation allowance, were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year | $ | 1,017 | $ | 643 | $ | 461 | ||||||
SFR: | ||||||||||||
Additions through acquisitions | 4,818 | - | - | |||||||||
Additions | 3,323 | 516 | 266 | |||||||||
Amortization | (1,006 | ) | (133 | ) | (88 | ) | ||||||
Impairment adjustment | (1,749 | ) | (9 | ) | 4 | |||||||
Sales | (174 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Net change in commercial real estate MSR | 12 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balance, end of year (1) | $ | 6,241 | $ | 1,017 | $ | 643 | ||||||
|
|
|
Changes in the valuation allowance for impairment of MSR were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||
Balance, beginning of year | $ | 13 | $ | 4 | $ | 8 | ||||
Additions | 1,749 | 9 | - | |||||||
Write-offs | - | - | (4 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Balance, end of year | $ | 1,762 | $ | 13 | $ | 4 | ||||
|
|
|
86
Changes in the portfolio of loans serviced with MSR were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||
Balance, beginning of year | $ | 79,335 | $ | 55,268 | |||||
SFR: | |||||||||
Additions through acquisitions | 255,434 | - | |||||||
Additions | 143,235 | 32,060 | |||||||
Sales | (6,538 | ) | - | ||||||
Loan payments and other | (94,251 | ) | (7,993 | ) | |||||
Net change in commercial real estate loan servicing portfolio | 1,168 | - | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Balance, end of year | $ | 378,383 | $ | 79,335 | |||||
|
|
As of December 31, 2001, the Company serviced 39,959 Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") loan pools with an outstanding security balance of $61.48 billion.
As of December 31, 2001, Long Beach Mortgage did not service any FHA-insured mortgage loans. Long Beach Mortgage also did not originate any FHA-insured mortgage loans during 2001.
Note 6: Other Assets
Other assets consisted of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Premises and equipment | $ | 1,999 | $ | 1,568 | |||
Investment in bank-owned life insurance | 1,535 | 1,456 | |||||
Accrued interest receivable | 1,416 | 1,157 | |||||
Foreclosed assets | 228 | 153 | |||||
GNMA early pool buy-outs | 1,849 | - | |||||
Other assets | 3,213 | 1,659 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total other assets | $ | 10,240 | $ | 5,993 | |||
|
|
GNMA pool buy-outs are advances made to GNMA mortgage pools that are guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or by the Department of Veterans Affairs (collectively, the "guarantors"). These advances are made to buy out government agency-guaranteed delinquent loans, pursuant to the Company's servicing agreements. The Company, on behalf of the guarantors, undertakes the collection and foreclosure process. After the foreclosure process is complete, the Company is reimbursed for substantially all costs incurred, including the advances, by the guarantors. For certain guarantor loans, the Company may not be fully reimbursed and, accordingly, has a reserve of $42 million at December 31, 2001.
Depreciation expense for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $288 million, $246 million and $207 million.
The Company leases various financial center offices, office facilities and equipment under capital and noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2071. Some leases contain escalation provisions for adjustments in the consumer price index and provide for renewal options for five- to
87
ten-year periods. Rental expense, including amounts paid under month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $289 million, $197 million and $191 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999.
Note 7: Deposits
Deposits consisted of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||
Checking accounts: | ||||||||
Interest bearing | $ | 15,350 | $ | 5,925 | ||||
Noninterest bearing | 22,386 | 8,575 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
37,736 | 14,500 | |||||||
Savings accounts | 6,970 | 5,436 | ||||||
Money market deposit accounts ("MMDAs") | 25,514 | 25,220 | ||||||
Time deposit accounts: | ||||||||
Due within one year | 30,530 | 30,678 | ||||||
After one year but within two years | 2,679 | 2,633 | ||||||
After two but within three years | 1,732 | 440 | ||||||
After three but within four years | 468 | 254 | ||||||
After four but within five years | 976 | 380 | ||||||
After five years | 577 | 33 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
36,962 | 34,418 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total deposits | $ | 107,182 | $ | 79,574 | ||||
|
|
Accrued but unpaid interest on deposits included in other liabilities totaled $54 million and $79 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000.
Note 8: Federal Funds Purchased and Commercial Paper
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Federal funds purchased | $ | 4,339 | $ | 3,156 | |||
Commercial paper | 351 | 959 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total federal funds and commercial paper | $ | 4,690 | $ | 4,115 | |||
|
|
Federal funds purchased had remaining average maturities of 42 days at December 31, 2001. Commercial paper had remaining average maturities of 14 days at December 31, 2001.
88
Financial data pertaining to federal funds purchased and commercial paper were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||
Federal funds purchased | ||||||||||
Weighted average interest rate, end of year | 2.02 | % | 6.57 | % | 5.74 | % | ||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year | 3.96 | 6.52 | 5.11 | |||||||
Average balance of federal funds purchased | $ | 4,337 | $ | 2,856 | $ | 2,001 | ||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end | 6,167 | 6,668 | 2,836 | |||||||
Commercial paper | ||||||||||
Weighted average interest rate, end of year | 3.03 | % | 6.95 | % | 6.20 | % | ||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year | 5.49 | 6.51 | 5.54 | |||||||
Average balance of commercial paper | $ | 469 | $ | 586 | $ | 420 | ||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end | 973 | 959 | 651 |
Note 9: Repurchase Agreements
Scheduled maturities of repurchase agreements were as follows:
|
December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Due within 30 days | $ | 28,177 | $ | 7,125 | |||
After 30 but within 90 days | 2,126 | 5,549 | |||||
After 90 but within 180 days | - | 5,926 | |||||
After 180 days but within one year | 518 | 1,550 | |||||
After one year | 8,626 | 9,606 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total maturities of repurchase agreements | $ | 39,447 | $ | 29,756 | |||
|
|
Financial data pertaining to repurchase agreements were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||
Weighted average interest rate, end of year | 1.74 | % | 6.61 | % | 5.81 | % | ||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year | 4.04 | 6.33 | 5.36 | |||||||
Average balance of repurchase agreements | $ | 29,582 | $ | 28,491 | $ | 26,082 | ||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end | 39,447 | 30,726 | 30,163 |
89
At December 31, 2001, interest rate floors, caps and swaptions embedded in repurchase agreements were as follows:
|
Notional Amount
|
Weighted Average Strike
|
Index
|
Index at December 31, 2001
|
Weighted Average Remaining Life
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
(in months)
|
||||||
Floors (1) | $ | 2,300 | 5.12 | % | 3 month LIBOR | 1.88 | % | 41 | |||
Caps | 640 | 7.64 | 3 month LIBOR | 1.88 | 29 | ||||||
Swaptions | 5,900 | 6.13 | 3 month LIBOR | 1.88 | 19 |
Note 10: Advances from FHLBs
As members of the FHLBs of San Francisco and Seattle, WMBFA, Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB"), and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") maintain credit lines that are percentages of their total regulatory assets, subject to collateralization requirements. Advances are collateralized in the aggregate by all stock owned of the FHLBs, by deposits with the FHLBs, and by certain mortgages or deeds of trust and securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies. The maximum amount of credit, which the FHLBs will extend for purposes other than meeting withdrawals, varies from time to time in accordance with their policies. The interest rates charged by the FHLBs for advances vary depending upon maturity, the cost of funds in the individual FHLB and the purpose of the borrowing.
Scheduled maturities of advances from FHLBs were as follows:
|
December 31,
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ranges of Interest Rates
|
Amount
|
Ranges of Interest Rates
|
|||||||
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
||||||||
Due within one year | $ | 36,676 | 1.75% - 8.04% | $ | 42,596 | 5.74% - 6.72% | |||||
After one but within two years | 13,576 | 1.75 - 6.03 | 12,051 | 3.50 - 6.73 | |||||||
After two but within three years | 6,338 | 1.82 - 8.65 | 1,627 | 5.19 - 6.94 | |||||||
After three but within four years | 184 | 2.05 - 7.45 | 1,225 | 6.33 - 8.65 | |||||||
After four but within five years | 4,211 | 1.85 - 5.32 | 175 | 5.39 - 7.45 | |||||||
After five years | 197 | 2.80 - 8.57 | 181 | 2.80 - 8.57 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Total advances from FHLBs | $ | 61,182 | $ | 57,855 | |||||||
|
|
Financial data pertaining to advances from FHLBs were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||
Weighted average interest rate, end of year | 2.45 | % | 6.57 | % | 5.92 | % | ||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year | 4.58 | 6.33 | 5.37 | |||||||
Average balance of advances from FHLBs | $ | 63,859 | $ | 56,979 | $ | 47,008 | ||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end | 67,281 | 59,325 | 57,094 |
90
At December 31, 2001, interest rate caps embedded in advances from FHLBs were as follows:
Notional Amount
|
Weighted Average
Strike |
Index
|
Index at
December 31, 2001 |
Weighted Average Remaining Life
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
(in months)
|
||||
$56 | 7.25 | % | 3 month LIBOR | 1.88 | % | 18 |
Note 11: Other Borrowings
Other borrowings consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Interest
Rate(s) |
Amount
|
Interest
Rate(s) |
||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||
Senior notes (1) : | ||||||||||||
Due in 2001 | $ | - | -% | $ | 650 | 5.88 - 7.75% | ||||||
Due in 2002 | 1,183 | 1.92 - 8.60 | 764 | 6.00 - 8.60 | ||||||||
Due in 2003 | 967 | 2.05 - 6.84 | 150 | 6.50 | ||||||||
Due in 2004 | 1,898 | 2.28 - 7.38 | 200 | 5.85 | ||||||||
Due in 2005 | 599 | 7.25 - 8.25 | 598 | 7.25 - 8.25 | ||||||||
Due in 2006 | 3,062 | 2.24 - 7.50 | 1,238 | 7.25 - 7.50 | ||||||||
Due in 2011 | 497 | 6.88 | - | - | ||||||||
Subordinated notes: | ||||||||||||
Due in 2001 | - | - | 150 | 9.88 | ||||||||
Due in 2004 | 249 | 6.50 - 7.88 | 548 | 6.50 - 7.88 | ||||||||
Due in 2006 | 99 | 6.63 | 99 | 6.63 | ||||||||
Due in 2007 | 240 | 8.88 | - | - | ||||||||
Due in 2009 | 160 | 8.00 | - | - | ||||||||
Due in 2010 | 564 | 8.25 | 495 | 8.25 | ||||||||
Due in 2011 | 1,018 | 6.88 | - | - | ||||||||
Trust preferred securities (1) : | ||||||||||||
Due in 2025 | 93 | 8.25 | 100 | 8.25 | ||||||||
Due in 2026 | 149 | 8.36 | 149 | 8.36 | ||||||||
Due in 2027 | 727 | 8.21 - 8.38 | 694 | 8.21 - 8.38 | ||||||||
Due in 2041 | 730 | 5.38 | - | - | ||||||||
Asset transfers accounted for as secured financing: | ||||||||||||
Due in 2001 | - | - | 4,044 | 6.67 | ||||||||
Other | 341 | - | 51 | - | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Total other borrowings | $ | 12,576 | $ | 9,930 | ||||||||
|
|
The Company is the guarantor of five separate issues of trust preferred securities, as discussed below:
On May 31, 1997, Washington Mutual Capital I ("WMC I"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Washington Mutual, issued $400 million of 8.375% Subordinated Capital Income Securities. In connection with WMC I's issuance of these securities, Washington Mutual issued to WMC I $412 million principal amount of its 8.375% Junior Subordinated Debentures, due 2027 (the "subordinated debentures due 2027"). The sole assets of WMC I are and will be the subordinated debentures due 2027.
91
On January 27, 1997, Great Western Financial Trust II ("GWFT II"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Great Western, issued $300 million of 8.206% Trust Originated Preferred Securities. In connection with GWFT II's issuance of these securities, Great Western issued to GWFT II $309 million principal amount of its 8.206% subordinated deferrable interest notes, due 2027 (the "subordinated notes due 2027"). The sole assets of GWFT II are and will be the subordinated notes due 2027.
In December 1996, Ahmanson Trust I (the "capital trust"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of H.F. Ahmanson & Co. ("Ahmanson"), issued $150 million of 8.36% Company-obligated redeemable capital securities, Series A, of subsidiary trust holding solely Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Ahmanson. In connection with the capital trust's issuance of these securities, Ahmanson issued to the capital trust $155 million principal amount of its 8.36% subordinated notes, due December 2026 (the "subordinated notes due 2026"). The sole assets of the capital trust are and will be the subordinated notes due 2026.
In December 1995, Great Western Financial Trust I ("GWFT I"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Great Western, issued $100 million of 8.25% Trust Originated Preferred Securities. In connection with GWFT I's issuance of these securities, Great Western issued to GWFT I $103 million principal amount of its 8.25% subordinated deferrable interest notes, due 2025 (the "subordinated notes due 2025"). The sole assets of GWFT I are and will be the subordinated notes due 2025.
In the second quarter of 2001, Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 (the "Trust"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Washington Mutual, issued 23 million units, totaling $1,150 million, of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM (PIERS SM ). Each unit consists of a preferred security having a stated liquidation amount of $50 and a current yield of 5.375%, and a warrant to purchase at any time prior to the close of business on May 3, 2041, 1.2081 shares of common stock of Washington Mutual. At any time after issuance of the units, the preferred security and warrant components of each unit may be separated by the holder and transferred separately. Thereafter, a separated preferred security and warrant may be combined to form a unit. In connection with the Trust's issuance of these securities, Washington Mutual, Inc. issued to the Trust $1,185 million of 5.375% subordinated debentures, due in 2041. The sole assets of the Trust are the subordinated debentures.
Obligations of Great Western and Ahmanson under the above described arrangements were assumed by the Company. Washington Mutual's obligations under these and related agreements, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations specified above.
The Company has a right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding the extension period described in the table below with respect to each deferral period, provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the respective debentures. Distributions paid on the securities are recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
92
Financial data pertaining to trust preferred securities were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name of Trust
|
Aggregate
Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities |
Aggregate
Liquidation Amount of Common Securities |
Aggregate
Principal Amount of Notes |
Stated
Maturity of Notes |
Per Annum Interest Rate of Notes
|
Extension Period
|
Redemption Option
|
||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Great Western Financial Trust I | $ | 100 | $ | 3 | $ | 103 | 2025 | 8.250 | % | 20 consecutive quarters | On or after December 31, 2000 | ||||||
Great Western Financial Trust II | 300 | 9 | 309 | 2027 | 8.206 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after February 1, 2007 | ||||||||||
Washington Mutual Capital I | 400 | 12 | 412 | 2027 | 8.375 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after June 1, 2007 | ||||||||||
Ahmanson Trust I | 150 | 5 | 155 | 2026 | 8.360 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after December 1, 2026 | ||||||||||
Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 | 1,150 | 35 | 1,185 | 2041 | 5.375 | 20 consecutive quarters | On or after May 3, 2006 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 2,100 | $ | 64 | $ | 2,164 | 6.701 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2000
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name of Trust |
|
Aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities |
|
Aggregate Liquidation Amount of Common Securities |
|
Aggregate Principal Amount of Notes |
|
Stated Maturity of Notes |
|
Per Annum Interest Rate of Notes |
|
Extension Period |
|
Redemption Option |
|||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Great Western Financial Trust I | $ | 100 | $ | 3 | $ | 103 | 2025 | 8.250 | % | 20 consecutive quarters | On or after December 31, 2000 | ||||||
Great Western Financial Trust II | 300 | 9 | 309 | 2027 | 8.206 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after February 1, 2007 | ||||||||||
Washington Mutual Capital I | 400 | 12 | 412 | 2027 | 8.375 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after June 1, 2007 | ||||||||||
Ahmanson Trust I | 150 | 5 | 155 | 2026 | 8.360 | Ten consecutive semi-annual periods | On or after December 1, 2026 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 950 | $ | 29 | $ | 979 | 8.306 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
At December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company had unused secured borrowing lines totaling $960 million and $243 million with the Federal Reserve Bank discount window.
93
The Company, through Long Beach Mortgage, had credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $1 billion available at December 31, 2001, of which $500 million expires in April 2002 and $500 million expires in September 2002.
At December 31, 2001, the Company had two revolving credit facilities with JP Morgan Chase Bank as administrative agent: a $600 million 364-day facility and a $600 million four-year facility, which provide back-up for the Company's commercial paper programs. At December 31, 2001, the Company had $849 million available under these facilities, which represents the total amount of the two revolving credit facilities, net of the amount of commercial paper outstanding at year-end.
As of December 31, 2001, the Company had entered into eight letters of credit with the FHLBs of San Francisco and Seattle, for a total of $240 million. These letters of credit provide credit enhancement on housing revenue bonds and certain of the Company's private issue MBS.
Note 12: Income Taxes
Income taxes (benefits) from continuing operations consisted of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||
Current: | |||||||||||||
Federal | $ | 1,438 | $ | 524 | $ | 443 | |||||||
State and local | 165 | 99 | 34 | ||||||||||
Payments in lieu | 58 | 34 | 34 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total current | 1,661 | 657 | 511 | ||||||||||
Deferred: | |||||||||||||
Federal | (4 | ) | 435 | 397 | |||||||||
State and local | (12 | ) | 42 | 156 | |||||||||
Payments in lieu | (66 | ) | (49 | ) | 3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total deferred | (82 | ) | 428 | 556 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total income taxes (benefits) | $ | 1,579 | $ | 1,085 | $ | 1,067 | |||||||
|
|
|
Total income tax provision (benefit) was recorded as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations | $ | 1,579 | $ | 1,085 | $ | 1,067 | ||||
Extraordinary gain | 239 | - | - | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Total income taxes (benefits) | $ | 1,818 | $ | 1,085 | $ | 1,067 | ||||
|
|
|
Provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the "Job Protection Act") significantly altered the Company's tax bad debt deduction method and the circumstances that would require a tax bad debt reserve recapture. Prior to enactment of the Job Protection Act, savings institutions were permitted to compute their tax bad debt deduction through use of either the reserve method or the percentage of taxable income method. The Job Protection Act repealed both of these methods for large savings institutions and allows bad debt deductions based only on actual current losses. While repealing the reserve method for computing tax bad debt deductions, the Job Protection Act allows thrifts to retain their
94
existing base year bad debt reserves but requires that reserves in excess of the balance at December 31, 1987 be recaptured into taxable income. The tax liability for this recapture is included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
The base year reserve is recaptured into taxable income only in limited situations, such as in the event of certain excess distributions or complete liquidation. None of the limited circumstances requiring recapture are contemplated by the Company. The amount of the Company's tax bad debt reserves subject to recapture in these circumstances approximates $2.06 billion at December 31, 2001. Due to the remote nature of events that may trigger the recapture provisions, no tax liability has been established in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2002, the Company completed a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") for Great Western for tax years 1988 through 1992. The amount payable under the settlement agreement was previously provided for in the accrual for income taxes payable.
The Service is currently examining Ahmanson for 1994 through September 1998, Washington Mutual for 1994 through 2000, and Great Western for 1993 through 1997. The Service has completed its examination of Ahmanson for 1990 through 1993. All issues have been resolved except for one, for which a tentative settlement at Appeals is under review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. The Service's National Office has issued an adverse ruling on this issue. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any benefit with respect to this issue.
As of December 31, 2001, the Company's accrual for income taxes payable is sufficient to cover any expected liabilities arising from these examinations.
95
The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset (liability) were as follows:
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||
Deferred tax assets: | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses and foreclosed assets | $ | 549 | $ | 367 | |||||
Net operating loss carryforwards | 440 | 452 | |||||||
Unrealized losses on securities | 152 | 31 | |||||||
Merger costs | 144 | 164 | |||||||
Compensation differences | 65 | 65 | |||||||
State and local taxes | 21 | 30 | |||||||
Other | 339 | 80 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total deferred tax assets | 1,710 | 1,189 | |||||||
Payments in lieu | (140 | ) | (185 | ) | |||||
Valuation allowance | (164 | ) | (164 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Deferred tax asset, net of payments in lieu and valuation allowance | 1,406 | 840 | |||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: | |||||||||
Stock dividends from FHLBs | (614 | ) | (500 | ) | |||||
Gain on loan sales | (445 | ) | (320 | ) | |||||
Loan fees | (253 | ) | (479 | ) | |||||
Basis difference on premises and equipment | (181 | ) | (147 | ) | |||||
Other | (231 | ) | (218 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Total deferred tax liabilities | (1,724 | ) | (1,664 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Net deferred tax (liability) asset | $ | (318 | ) | $ | (824 | ) | |||
|
|
The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance of $164 million at December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000 relates primarily to net operating losses that are limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 382 as a result of the acquisition of Keystone Holdings, Inc. (the "Keystone Transaction").
As a result of the Keystone Transaction, the Company and certain of its affiliates are parties to an agreement (the "Assistance Agreement") with a predecessor of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), which generally provides that 75% of most of the federal tax savings and approximately 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (as computed in accordance with the Assistance Agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of New West Federal Savings and Loan Association, are to be paid by the Company to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC") Resolution Fund (the "FRF"). These amounts are considered payments in lieu. The Assistance Agreement sets forth certain special adjustments to federal taxable income to arrive at "FSLIC taxable income," which is then offset by utilizable net operating losses to compute the benefit due to the FRF.
As a result of the acquisition of Bank United, the Company and certain of its affiliates are also parties to another agreement with the FRF, which provides that one-third of the sum of federal and state tax benefits (as computed in accordance with the original acquisition agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of Bank United are to be paid by the Company to the FRF. The obligation to share tax benefit utilization will continue through 2003.
96
Federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards due to expire under current law during the years indicated were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Federal
|
State
|
||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||
Expiring in: | ||||||||
2002 | $ | - | $ | 536 | ||||
2004 | 195 | - | ||||||
2005 | 787 | - | ||||||
2006 | 33 | - | ||||||
2008 | 23 | - | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total | $ | 1,038 | $ | 536 | ||||
|
|
Reconciliations between income taxes computed at statutory rates and income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
As a Percentage of Pretax Income
|
Amount
|
As a Percentage of Pretax Income
|
Amount
|
As a Percentage of Pretax Income
|
||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income taxes computed at statutory
rates |
$ | 1,509 | 35.00 | % | $ | 1,044 | 35.00 | % | $ | 1,009 | 35.00 | % | ||||||
Tax effect of: | ||||||||||||||||||
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit | 99 | 2.29 | 93 | 3.12 | 122 | 4.24 | ||||||||||||
Payments in lieu | - | - | 46 | 1.54 | 34 | 1.18 | ||||||||||||
Valuation allowance change from prior year | - | - | (75 | ) | (2.51 | ) | (45 | ) | (1.57 | ) | ||||||||
Other | (29 | ) | (0.66 | ) | (23 | ) | (0.78 | ) | (53 | ) | (1.85 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,579 | 36.63 | $ | 1,085 | 36.37 | $ | 1,067 | 37.00 | |||||||||
|
|
|
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has certain litigation and negotiations in progress resulting from activities arising from normal operations. These include actions which are or purport to be class actions, some of which seek large damage awards. Nevertheless, in the opinion of management, none of the pending litigation matters is likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition.
As part of the administration and oversight of the Assistance Agreement and other agreements among American Savings Bank, F.A. ("ASB"), certain of its affiliates, Bank United Holdings and the FDIC, the FDIC has a variety of review and audit rights, including the right to review and audit computations of payments in lieu of taxes.
The Company is a party to goodwill litigation that may result in a gain. The ultimate outcome is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the Company will benefit financially from it.
97
Unfunded commitments to extend credit totaled $29.63 billion at December 31, 2001 and $13.03 billion at December 31, 2000. In order to meet the needs of its customers, Washington Mutual also issues direct-pay, standby and other letters of credit. The credit risk in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Washington Mutual holds collateral to support letters of credit when deemed necessary. At December 31, 2001 and 2000, outstanding letters of credit issued by Washington Mutual totaled $434 million and $327 million.
Future minimum net rental commitments, including maintenance and other associated costs, for all noncancelable leases were as follows:
|
Operating Lease
|
Capital Lease
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Land and Buildings
|
Furniture and Equipment
|
Land and Buildings
|
||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||
Year ending December 31, | |||||||||||
2002 | $ | 230 | $ | 46 | $ | 8 | |||||
2003 | 211 | 32 | 8 | ||||||||
2004 | 185 | 14 | 8 | ||||||||
2005 | 155 | - | 8 | ||||||||
2006 | 115 | - | 6 | ||||||||
Thereafter | 376 | - | 51 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 1,272 | $ | 92 | $ | 89 | |||||
|
|
|
Note 14: Redeemable Preferred Stock
In August 1999, Bank United Corp. issued 2,000,000 shares of 8% Corporate Premium Income Equity Securities ("PIES") for a price of $50 per Corporate PIES or $100 million in aggregate. As a result of the Bank United Corp. merger on February 9, 2001, each Bank United PIES was converted into a Washington Mutual PIES with an estimated fair value of $102 million. Each of the Corporate PIES consists of a purchase contract for shares of Company common stock and a share of redeemable preferred stock. At December 31, 2001 all of the 2,000,000 authorized shares were issued and outstanding.
The purchase contract obligates the holder of the Corporate PIES to purchase shares of Company common stock in August 2002. Upon purchase of the common stock, the holder of the Corporate PIES must remit $50 per Corporate PIES owned in exchange for shares of the Company's common stock and one Contingent Payment Rights Certificate (1) for each 1.3 shares of Washington Mutual Common stock the holder is obligated to purchase. The number of shares of common stock ultimately issued to the holder will depend on the average closing price of the common stock over a 20-day trading period preceding the time of purchase.
The redeemable preferred stock, which has a liquidation preference of $50 per share and certain voting rights, may be redeemed at the option of the Company on or after October 16, 2002 at 100% of its liquidation preference and is subject to mandatory redemption in full in August 2004. The redeemable preferred stock will be pledged to the Company to secure the holders' obligation to purchase the common stock under the purchase contract. The Company makes quarterly payments consisting of dividends equal to 7.25% per annum of the $50 liquidation preference and contract adjustment payments payable by the Company equal to 0.75% per annum of the stated amount until August 16, 2002.
98
Note 15: Earnings Per Share
On April 17, 2001, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 3-for-2 stock split which was paid in the form of a 50 percent stock dividend. The dividend was paid on May 15, 2001 to shareholders of record as of April 30, 2001. All prior share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock split.
Information used to calculate EPS was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|||||||||
Net income | ||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | $ | 2,732 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||
Accumulated dividends on preferred stock | (7 | ) | - | - | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Income before extraordinary item attributable to common stock | 2,725 | 1,899 | 1,817 | |||||||
Extraordinary item | 382 | - | - | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income attributable to common stock | $ | 3,107 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Weighted average shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding | 850,245,345 | 801,261,983 | 858,978,416 | |||||||
Dilutive effect of potential common shares from: | ||||||||||
Stock options | 8,468,825 | 3,432,612 | 2,851,131 | |||||||
Premium Income Equity Securities | 1,345,817 | - | - | |||||||
Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM | 4,597,881 | - | - | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding | 864,657,868 | 804,694,595 | 861,829,547 | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Basic earnings per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before extraordinary item | $ | 3.20 | $ | 2.37 | $ | 2.12 | ||||
Extraordinary item | 0.45 | - | - | |||||||
Net income | 3.65 | 2.37 | 2.12 | |||||||
Diluted earnings per common share | ||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | 3.15 | 2.36 | 2.11 | |||||||
Extraordinary item | 0.44 | - | - | |||||||
Net income | 3.59 | 2.36 | 2.11 |
Weighted average options to purchase an additional 3,712,976, 10,773,446 and 6,780,110 shares of common stock were outstanding during 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect.
Additionally, as part of the business combination with Keystone Holdings, Inc. (the parent of ASB), 18 million shares of common stock, with an assigned value of $18.49 per share, are held in an escrow for the benefit of the general and limited partners of Keystone Holdings Inc., the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund and their transferees. The conditions under which these shares can be released from escrow are related to the outcome of certain litigation and not based on future
99
earnings or market prices. At December 31, 2001, the conditions were not met, and, therefore, the shares were not included in the above computations.
Note 16: Comprehensive Income
The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income and the related tax effect allocated to each component:
|
Before Tax
Amount |
Tax Effect
|
Net of
Tax |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||
1999 | |||||||||||
Unrealized loss on securities: | |||||||||||
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale arising during the year | $ | (1,243 | ) | $ | (493 | ) | $ | (750 | ) | ||
Reclassification of net losses on securities available for sale included in net income | 9 | 3 | 6 | ||||||||
Amortization of market adjustment for MBS transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity | (17 | ) | (7 | ) | (10 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net unrealized losses | (1,251 | ) | (497 | ) | (754 | ) | |||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | 10 | 4 | 6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive loss | $ | (1,241 | ) | $ | (493 | ) | $ | (748 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||||||||
2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on securities: | |||||||||||
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale arising during the year | $ | 1,004 | $ | 384 | $ | 620 | |||||
Reclassification of net losses on securities available for sale included in net income | 2 | 1 | 1 | ||||||||
Amortization of market adjustment for MBS transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity | (8 | ) | (3 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net unrealized gains | 998 | 382 | 616 | ||||||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | 6 | 2 | 4 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive income | $ | 1,004 | $ | 384 | $ | 620 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on securities: | |||||||||||
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale arising during the year | $ | 409 | $ | 156 | $ | 253 | |||||
Reclassification of net gains on securities available for sale included in net income | (705 | ) | (268 | ) | (437 | ) | |||||
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedging instruments | 5 | 2 | 3 | ||||||||
Amortization of market adjustment for MBS transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity | (12 | ) | (5 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net unrealized losses | (303 | ) | (115 | ) | (188 | ) | |||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment | (2 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive loss | $ | (305 | ) | $ | (116 | ) | $ | (189 | ) | ||
|
|
|
100
The following table presents cumulative other comprehensive income balances:
|
Net
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities |
Net
Unrealized Gains on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments |
Amortization
Adjustment for MBS Transferred in 1997 |
Minimum
Pension Liability Adjustment |
Cumulative
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 1998 | $ | 44 | $ | - | $ | 43 | $ | (13 | ) | $ | 74 | |||||
Net change | (744 | ) | - | (10 | ) | 6 | (748 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 1999 | (700 | ) | - | 33 | (7 | ) | (674 | ) | ||||||||
Net change | 621 | - | (5 | ) | 4 | 620 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 2000 | (79 | ) | - | 28 | (3 | ) | (54 | ) | ||||||||
Net change | (184 | ) | 3 | (7 | ) | (1 | ) | (189 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
BALANCE, December 31, 2001 | $ | (263 | ) | $ | 3 | $ | 21 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | (243 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
Note 17: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions
WMI is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. However, each of its subsidiary depository institutions is subject to various regulatory capital requirements. WMB is subject to FDIC capital requirements while WMBFA and WMBfsb are subject to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") capital requirements.
The capital adequacy requirements are quantitative measures established by regulation that require WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital. The FDIC requires WMB to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets as well as Tier 1 capital to average assets. The OTS requires WMBFA and WMBfsb to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") created a statutory framework that increased the importance of meeting applicable capital requirements. FDICIA established five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution's category depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital measure, a leverage ratio capital measure, a tangible equity ratio measure, and certain other factors. The federal banking agencies (including the FDIC and the OTS) have adopted regulations that implement this statutory framework. Under these regulations, an institution is treated as well capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage capital ratio is 5.00% or more and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level.
Under these same regulations, an institution is treated as adequately capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 4.00% or more, its leverage capital ratio is 4.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. Additionally, any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.
Undercapitalized institutions are subject to certain prompt corrective action requirements, regulatory controls and restrictions, which become more extensive as an institution becomes more severely
101
undercapitalized. Failure by any of the Company's depository institutions to comply with applicable capital requirements would, if unremedied, result in restrictions on its activities and lead to regulatory enforcement actions against such institutions including, but not limited to, the issuance of a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. FDICIA requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Additionally, FDIC or OTS approval of any regulatory application filed for their review may be dependent on compliance with capital requirements.
The actual regulatory capital ratios calculated for WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb, along with the minimum capital amounts and ratios for the minimum regulatory requirement and the minimum amounts and ratios required to be categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action were as follows:
|
December 31, 2001
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual
|
Minimum
Regulatory Requirement |
Minimum to be
Categorized as Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions |
|||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
WMBFA | ||||||||||||||||
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | $ | 12,873 | 10.93 | % | $ | 9,418 | 8.00 | % | $ | 11,773 | 10.00 | % | ||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 10,592 | 9.00 | 4,709 | 4.00 | 7,064 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets
(leverage) |
10,592 | 5.18 | 8,173 | 4.00 | (1) | 10,216 | 5.00 | |||||||||
Tangible capital to tangible assets
(tangible equity) |
10,591 | 5.18 | 3,065 | 1.50 | n.a. | n.a. | ||||||||||
WMB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | 2,234 | 12.08 | 1,479 | 8.00 | 1,849 | 10.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 2,008 | 10.86 | 740 | 4.00 | 1,109 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to average assets
(leverage) |
2,008 | 6.45 | 1,246 | 4.00 | (1) | 1,557 | 5.00 | |||||||||
WMBfsb |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | 88 | 12.78 | 55 | 8.00 | 69 | 10.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 79 | 11.53 | 28 | 4.00 | 41 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets
(leverage) |
79 | 7.30 | 43 | 4.00 | (1) | 54 | 5.00 | |||||||||
Tangible capital to tangible assets
(tangible equity) |
79 | 7.30 | 16 | 1.50 | n.a. | n.a. |
102
|
December 31, 2000
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual
|
Minimum
Regulatory Requirement |
Minimum to be
Categorized as Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions |
|||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
WMBFA | ||||||||||||||||
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | $ | 9,763 | 11.36 | % | $ | 6,873 | 8.00 | % | $ | 8,591 | 10.00 | % | ||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 8,942 | 10.40 | 3,436 | 4.00 | 5,155 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets
(leverage) |
8,942 | 5.81 | 6,158 | 4.00 | (1) | 7,698 | 5.00 | |||||||||
Tangible capital to tangible assets
(tangible equity) |
8,941 | 5.81 | 2,309 | 1.50 | n.a. | n.a. | ||||||||||
WMB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | 2,241 | 11.24 | 1,595 | 8.00 | 1,994 | 10.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 2,023 | 10.15 | 798 | 4.00 | 1,196 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to average assets
(leverage) |
2,023 | 5.83 | 1,388 | 4.00 | (1) | 1,735 | 5.00 | |||||||||
WMBfsb |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital to risk-weighted assets | 83 | 12.10 | 55 | 8.00 | 69 | 10.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets | 76 | 11.14 | 27 | 4.00 | 41 | 6.00 | ||||||||||
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets
(leverage) |
76 | 6.97 | 44 | 4.00 | (1) | 55 | 5.00 | |||||||||
Tangible capital to tangible assets
(tangible equity) |
76 | 6.97 | 16 | 1.50 | n.a. | n.a. |
Management believes that WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb individually met all capital adequacy requirements, as of December 31, 2001, to which they were subject. Additionally, as of the most recent notifications from the FDIC (for WMB) and the OTS (for WMBFA and WMBfsb), the FDIC and OTS individually categorized WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 or leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table above. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the well capitalized status of WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb.
WMI's principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid to it by its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income and borrowings. WMI's ability to pay dividends is also predicated on the ability of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to WMI. Federal and state law limits the ability of a depository institution, such as WMB, WMBFA or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.
Washington state law prohibits WMB from declaring or paying a dividend greater than its retained earnings if doing so would cause its net worth to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the protection of preconversion depositors or (ii) the net worth requirements, if any, imposed by the State Director.
103
OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations such as WMBFA and WMBfsb to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. WMBFA and WMBfsb, as subsidiaries of a savings and loan holding company, must file an application with the OTS at least 30 days before the proposed declaration of a dividend or approval of the proposed capital distribution by its board of directors. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, if, after giving effect to the proposed distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.
Our retained earnings at December 31, 2001 included a pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve for tax purposes of $2.06 billion for which no federal income taxes have been provided. In the future, if the thrift bad debt reserve is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, or if any of the banking subsidiaries no longer qualifies as a bank, we will incur a federal income tax liability, at the then prevailing corporate tax rate, to the extent of such subsidiaries' pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve. As a result, our ability to pay dividends in excess of current earnings may be limited.
Note 18: Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Stock Option Plans
On March 8, 1984, the Company's stockholders approved the adoption of the 1983 incentive stock option plan, providing for the award of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to certain officers of the Company at the discretion of the Board of Directors. On April 19, 1994, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 1994 stock option plan, which was subsequently amended and restated as of February 15, 2000 (the "1994 Plan") in which the right to purchase common stock of WMI may be granted to officers, directors, consultants and advisers of the Company. The 1994 Plan is generally similar to the 1983 plan, which terminated according to its terms in 1993. The 1994 Plan does not affect any options granted under the 1983 plan.
Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of the option must at least equal the market value per share of WMI's common stock on the date of the grant. The 1994 Plan originally provided for the granting of options for a maximum of 27 million common shares. During 2000, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the maximum number of common shares available for grant to 45 million.
WAMU Shares
On September 16, 1997, December 15, 1998 and February 13, 2001, the Company's Board of Directors approved the adoption of broad-based stock option plans called "WAMU Shares." These plans provide for awards of nonqualified stock options to all eligible employees who were employed by the Company on September 1, 1997, January 4, 1999 and February 12, 2001.
Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of WMI common stock. All grants were made using the fair market value of WMI's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest two years after the award date.
104
For each plan, the award date, number of options per employee and maximum number of options was as follows:
|
WAMU Shares
|
WAMU Shares II
|
WAMU Shares III
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Award date | September 1, 1997 | January 4, 1999 | February 12, 2001 | ||||
Number of options per employee: | |||||||
Full-time | 225 | 150 | 150 | ||||
Part-time | 113 | 75 | 75 | ||||
Maximum number of options | 4,950,000 | 4,950,000 | 5,064,000 |
Stock options under all stock plans were generally exercisable on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant, and expire three to ten years from the grant date. Options to purchase 17,889,901 and 15,067,550 shares of common stock were fully exercisable at December 31, 2001 and 2000.
Stock options granted, exercised, or forfeited were as follows:
|
Number of
Option Shares |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of Option Shares |
Weighted Average
Fair Value Per Share of Options at Date of Grant |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance, December 31, 1998 | 19,918,841 | $ | 20.07 | ||||
Granted in 1999 | 9,460,250 | 19.12 | $6.34 | ||||
Exercised in 1999 | (3,049,040 | ) | 9.72 | ||||
Forfeited in 1999 | (3,197,179 | ) | 24.75 | ||||
Grants in connection with acquisitions | 2,389,175 | 8.95 | |||||
|
|||||||
Balance, December 31, 1999 | 25,522,047 | 19.29 | |||||
Granted in 2000 | 8,061,278 | 32.20 | 10.18 | ||||
Exercised in 2000 | (2,565,754 | ) | 21.09 | ||||
Forfeited in 2000 | (1,087,912 | ) | 21.94 | ||||
|
|||||||
Balance, December 31, 2000 | 29,929,659 | 23.30 | |||||
Granted in 2001 | 16,714,087 | 31.96 | 9.66 | ||||
Exercised in 2001 | (11,073,699 | ) | 18.37 | ||||
Forfeited in 2001 | (1,800,219 | ) | 28.36 | ||||
Grants in connection with acquisitions | 6,563,589 | 16.31 | |||||
|
|||||||
Balance, December 31, 2001 | 40,333,417 | 26.87 | |||||
|
The fair value of options granted under the Company's stock option plans was estimated on the date of grant using the Binomial option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||
Annual dividend yield | 2.33% - 2.58% | 2.37% - 2.57% | 2.24% - 2.45% | |||
Expected volatility | 31.03 - 35.66 | 30.46 - 34.26 | 27.51 - 31.61 | |||
Risk free interest rate | 3.50 - 4.91 | 5.11 - 6.71 | 4.54 - 6.29 | |||
Granted options expected life | 5 7 years | 5 7.25 years | 4 5 years |
105
Financial data pertaining to outstanding stock options were as follows:
December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Ranges of
Exercise Prices |
Number of
Option Shares |
Weighted Average
Remaining Years |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of Option Shares |
Number of
Exercisable Option Shares |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of Exercisable Option Shares |
|||||||
$ 5.52 - $19.93 | 9,055,356 | 6.19 | $ | 15.01 | 7,237,520 | $ | 14.52 | |||||
20.32 - 29.95 | 8,253,279 | 5.40 | 24.60 | 8,127,376 | 24.62 | |||||||
30.36 - 30.91 | 10,727,817 | 9.96 | 30.79 | 1,500 | 30.36 | |||||||
31.27 - 42.08 | 12,296,965 | 7.42 | 33.72 | 2,523,505 | 33.39 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
40,333,417 | 26.87 | 17,889,901 | 21.77 | |||||||||
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Under the terms of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), an employee may purchase WMI common stock at a 15% discount without paying brokerage fees or commissions on purchases. The Company pays for the program's administrative expenses. The plan is open to all employees who are at least 18 years old, have completed at least one year of service, and work at least 20 hours per week. Participation can be by either payroll deduction or lump sum payments with a maximum annual contribution of 10% of each employee's previous year's eligible cash compensation. Under the ESPP, dividends are automatically reinvested.
SFAS No. 123: Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures its employee stock-based compensation arrangements under the provisions of the AICPA Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans and its ESPP. Had compensation cost for the Company's compensation plans been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income attributable to common stock and net income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|||||||||
Net income attributable to common stock | ||||||||||
Basic: | ||||||||||
As reported | $ | 3,107 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||
Pro forma | 3,079 | 1,880 | 1,803 | |||||||
Diluted: | ||||||||||
As reported | 3,107 | 1,899 | 1,817 | |||||||
Pro forma | 3,079 | 1,880 | 1,803 | |||||||
Net income per common share | ||||||||||
Basic: | ||||||||||
As reported | $ | 3.65 | $ | 2.37 | $ | 2.12 | ||||
Pro forma | 3.62 | 2.35 | 2.10 | |||||||
Diluted: | ||||||||||
As reported | 3.59 | 2.36 | 2.11 | |||||||
Pro forma | 3.56 | 2.34 | 2.09 |
106
Equity Incentive Plan
The Equity Incentive Plan (previously named the Restricted Stock Plan) permits grants of restricted stock, and awards denominated in units of stock ("performance shares"), with or without performance-based vesting restrictions, for the benefit of all employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The maximum aggregate number of shares of stock that may be issued is 18,112,683, and the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued subject to awards that vest solely on continuous service is 9,000,000. Restricted stock and units of stock accrue dividends. All canceled or forfeited shares become available for future grants.
Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. Under the Equity Incentive Plan, the Company granted 536,169, 1,026,735 and 712,340 shares of restricted stock in 2001, 2000 and 1999. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares as of December 31, 2001 was $22 million.
Performance shares awarded generally vest at the end of a three-year period, and the actual shares delivered can range from zero to 250% of the shares awarded, depending on the degree to which the performance objectives are met. Under the plan, the target number of performance shares awarded was 423,027 and 344,955 in 2001 and 2000. The value of performance shares awarded is determined annually based on the Company's operating performance, as defined in the plan, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period.
The total compensation expense recognized for the Equity Incentive Plan was $27 million in 2001, $21 million in 2000, and $9 million in 1999.
Bank United Plans
In connection with the acquisition of Bank United Corp., the Company assumed the Bank United Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively the "Bank United Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock and other performance awards, may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Bank United Plans generally expire ten years from the date of grant, and vest over varying periods that were determined at grant. All options granted under the Bank United Plans included a limited stock appreciation right, which entitle the holder to surrender the vested and exercisable option for cash following the closing of an acquisition. With the Company's acquisition of Bank United Corp., the Company assumed approximately 6.6 million options to purchase Bank United Corp. common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual, Inc. common stock. During 2001, approximately 6.2 million of the options assumed were exercised.
In October 2000, the 1994 Shareholder Rights Plan expired in accordance with its terms. On December 19, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a new Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record on January 4, 2001. The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. They are intended to discourage coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to encourage any potential acquirer to negotiate a price fair to all shareholders. The rights may cause substantial dilution to an acquiring party that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors, but they will not interfere with any friendly merger or other business combination. The plan was not adopted in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company.
107
Note 19: Employee Benefits Programs
Pension Plan
Washington Mutual maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for substantially all eligible employees. Benefits earned for each year of service are based primarily on the level of compensation in that year plus a stipulated rate of return on the benefit balance. It is the Company's policy to fund the Pension Plan on a current basis to the extent deductible under federal income tax regulations. The Pension Plan's assets consist mostly of mutual funds and equity securities.
Changes in the projected benefit obligation were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Benefit obligation, beginning of year | $ | 711 | $ | 604 | |||
Actuarial loss | 52 | 67 | |||||
Interest cost | 53 | 51 | |||||
Service cost | 29 | 26 | |||||
Benefits paid | (47 | ) | (53 | ) | |||
Amendments | - | 16 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Benefit obligation, end of year | $ | 798 | $ | 711 | |||
|
|
Changes in Pension Plan assets were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Fair value of assets, beginning of year | $ | 719 | $ | 786 | |||
Actual return on assets | (5 | ) | (14 | ) | |||
Benefits paid | (47 | ) | (53 | ) | |||
Employer contribution | 87 | - | |||||
|
|
||||||
Fair value of assets, end of year | $ | 754 | $ | 719 | |||
|
|
Reconciliations of funded status were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Funded status | $ | (44 | ) | $ | 8 | ||
Unrecognized net loss | 194 | 82 | |||||
Unamortized prior service cost | (1 | ) | (4 | ) | |||
Remaining unamortized, unrecognized net asset | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | |||
|
|
||||||
Prepaid benefit cost | $ | 148 | $ | 84 | |||
|
|
108
Net periodic expense for the Pension Plan was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||
Interest cost | $ | 53 | $ | 51 | $ | 45 | ||||
Service cost | 29 | 26 | 31 | |||||||
Expected return on assets | (55 | ) | (61 | ) | (62 | ) | ||||
Amortization of prior service credit | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||
Recognized net actuarial loss | 1 | - | 1 | |||||||
Curtailment gain | - | - | (3 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Net periodic expense | $ | 24 | $ | 12 | $ | 7 | ||||
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used in accounting for the Pension Plan were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||
Assumed discount rate | 7.25 | % | 7.75 | % | 7.75 | % | |
Assumed rate of compensation increase | 5.50 | 6.00 | 5.15 | ||||
Expected return on assets | 8.00 | 8.00 | 8.56 |
Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, has assumed responsibility for nonqualified, noncontributory unfunded postretirement benefit plans, including retirement restoration plans for certain employees, a number of supplemental retirement plans for certain officers, and multiple outside directors' retirement plans. Benefits under the retirement restoration plans are generally determined by the Company. Benefits under the supplemental retirement plans are generally based on years of service. Benefits under the outside directors' retirement plans generally are payable for a period equal to the participants' service on the Board of Directors, with a lifetime benefit payable to participants with 15 or more years of service.
The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, maintains unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that make medical and life insurance coverage available to eligible retired employees and dependents. The expected cost of providing these benefits to retirees, their beneficiaries and covered dependents was accrued during the years each employee provided services.
109
Changes in the benefit obligation were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||||||
|
Nonqualified
Defined Benefit Plans |
Other
Postretirement Benefits |
Nonqualified
Defined Benefit Plans |
Other
Postretirement Benefits |
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||
Benefit obligation, beginning of year | $ | 98 | $ | 29 | $ | 99 | $ | 30 | |||||
Interest cost | 8 | 2 | 7 | 2 | |||||||||
Actuarial (gain) loss | 5 | - | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Service cost | - | 1 | - | 1 | |||||||||
Benefits paid | (9 | ) | (3 | ) | (9 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Benefit obligation, end of year | $ | 102 | $ | 29 | $ | 98 | $ | 29 | |||||
|
|
|
|
For measurement of the net periodic cost of other postretirement benefit plans, a 5.00% annual increase in the medical care trend rate was assumed for 2001 and thereafter. The assumed discount rate was 7.25% for 2001 and 7.75% for 2000 and 1999.
Account Balance Plans
Savings Plans. The Company sponsors a retirement savings and investment plan (the "RSIP") for all eligible employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 19% or less of their salary pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions vest immediately. The Company's matching contributions and any profit sharing contributions made to employees vest based on years of service.
Company contributions to savings plans were $65 million, $41 million and $39 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
Other Account Balance Plans. The Company sponsors supplemental employee and executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain officers. The plans are designed to supplement the benefits that are accrued under the Pension Plans.
Note 20: Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and reduce the effects that changing interest rates may have on net interest income. These instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and collars, interest rate corridors, swaptions, forward sales agreements and options. The contract or notional amount of a derivative, along with the other terms of the derivative, is used to determine the amounts to be exchanged between the parties. Because the contract or notional amount does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, it is not a measure of loss exposure related to the use of derivatives nor of exposure to liquidity risk.
These derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company's credit risk amount related to derivative financial instruments totaled $784 million and $175 million, respectively. The Company controls the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty
110
exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from the counterparties for amounts in excess of the exposure limits and monitors its exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis.
As of December 31, 2001, other comprehensive income included $35 million of deferred net losses on derivative instruments that are expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months along with the effects of the forecasted transactions being hedged. The maximum elapsed time before the occurrence of all forecasted transactions that the Company is hedging is two years.
The Company has not discontinued any derivative instruments due to a change in the probability of a forecasted transaction.
Note 21: Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on management's judgment concerning future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. In addition, considerable judgment was required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Fair value estimates were determined for existing financial instruments, including derivative instruments, without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of certain assets and liabilities that were not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that were not considered financial instruments include premises and equipment, net tax assets, real estate held for investment, foreclosed assets and intangible assets. In addition, the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized was excluded from the valuation. Deposit intangibles were also excluded from the fair value estimates. Finally, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses could have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the valuations.
Assets and liabilities whose carrying amounts approximate fair value include cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities, investment in FHLBs, checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDAs, and federal funds purchased and commercial paper.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument as of December 31, 2001 and 2000:
Investment in FHLBs The carrying amount represented fair value. FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and is required to be sold back at its par value.
Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities, as well as internal analysis.
Loans held for sale Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and pricing of similar instruments.
111
Loans held in portfolio Loans were priced using an option-adjusted cash flow valuation methodology. Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and the pricing of similar instruments.
MSR The fair value of MSR was estimated using projected cash flows, adjusted for the effects of anticipated prepayments, using a market discount rate. The fair value estimates exclude the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized.
Deposits The fair value of checking accounts, savings accounts and MMDAs was the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. For time deposit accounts, the fair value was determined using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on alternate funding sources with similar maturities. Core deposit intangibles were not included in the valuation.
Other financial liabilities These liabilities include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other borrowings. These were valued using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate for the respective financial liabilities was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using an internal analysis based on the market prices of similar instruments. The fair value of purchased floors and caps embedded in repurchase agreements was determined using dealer quotations, when available.
Advances from FHLBs These were valued using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings.
Trust preferred securities Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities.
Redeemable preferred stock Fair values were based on quoted market prices.
Derivative financial instruments The estimated fair value of these financial instruments was determined based on broker quotes, an internal analysis based on the quoted market prices or rates for the same or similar instruments, or was estimated using an internal analysis based on current market prices adjusted for various risk factors and market volatility.
112
The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments was as follows:
|
December 31,
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||||||
|
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair
Value |
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||
Financial Assets: | |||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 16,565 | $ | 16,486 | |||||
Loans held for sale | 23,842 | 23,842 | 3,404 | 3,447 | |||||||||
Loans held in portfolio | 131,587 | 133,531 | 118,612 | 117,689 | |||||||||
MSR | 6,241 | 6,266 | 1,017 | 1,125 | |||||||||
Financial Liabilities: | |||||||||||||
Time deposits | 36,962 | 37,202 | 34,418 | 34,539 | |||||||||
Repurchase agreements | 39,447 | 39,280 | 29,756 | 29,596 | |||||||||
Advances from FHLBs | 61,182 | 61,091 | 57,855 | 57,951 | |||||||||
Trust preferred securities | 1,699 | 1,694 | 943 | 888 | |||||||||
Other borrowings | 10,877 | 11,311 | 8,987 | 9,070 | |||||||||
Redeemable preferred stock | 102 | 73 | - | - | |||||||||
Derivative Financial Instruments: | |||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps | 215 | 215 | - | 94 | |||||||||
Interest rate caps, collars and corridors | - | - | 11 | 16 | |||||||||
Swaptions | 119 | 119 | - | - | |||||||||
Rate lock commitments | 3 | 3 | - | 2 | |||||||||
Forward sales agreements | 274 | 274 | - | 8 | |||||||||
Put options | 19 | 19 | - | - |
113
Note 22: Financial Information WMI
The following WMI (parent company only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||
Interest Income | |||||||||||
Notes receivable from subsidiaries | $ | 38 | $ | 34 | $ | 12 | |||||
Other interest income | 1 | 1 | 14 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total interest income | 39 | 35 | 26 | ||||||||
Interest Expense | |||||||||||
Notes payable to subsidiaries | 93 | 49 | 49 | ||||||||
Other borrowings | 130 | 163 | 106 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total interest expense | 223 | 212 | 155 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net interest expense | (184 | ) | (177 | ) | (129 | ) | |||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 1 | 1 | - | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net interest expense after provision | (185 | ) | (178 | ) | (129 | ) | |||||
Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
Other income | 6 | 5 | 10 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total noninterest income | 6 | 5 | 10 | ||||||||
Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
Compensation and benefits | 28 | 28 | 16 | ||||||||
Transaction-related expense | - | - | 12 | ||||||||
Other expense | 74 | 34 | 19 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total noninterest expense | 102 | 62 | 47 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss before income tax benefit, dividends from subsidiaries and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries | (281 | ) | (235 | ) | (166 | ) | |||||
Income tax benefit | 111 | 105 | 65 | ||||||||
Dividends from subsidiaries | 1,642 | 784 | 1,140 | ||||||||
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries | 1,642 | 1,245 | 778 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Income | $ | 3,114 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | |||||
|
|
|
114
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
December 31,
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||
Assets | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,391 | $ | 388 | |||
Available-for-sale securities | 11 | 6 | |||||
Loans | 4 | 5 | |||||
Accounts and notes receivable from subsidiaries | 765 | 363 | |||||
Investment in subsidiaries | 15,850 | 12,479 | |||||
Other assets | 553 | 280 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total assets | $ | 18,574 | $ | 13,521 | |||
|
|
||||||
Liabilities | |||||||
Notes payable to subsidiaries | $ | 1,333 | $ | 567 | |||
Other borrowings | 2,436 | 2,400 | |||||
Other liabilities | 640 | 388 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total liabilities | 4,409 | 3,355 | |||||
Redeemable preferred stock | 102 | - | |||||
Stockholders' Equity | 14,063 | 10,166 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders' equity | $ | 18,574 | $ | 13,521 | |||
|
|
115
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
|||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 3,114 | $ | 1,899 | $ | 1,817 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 1 | 1 | - | |||||||||
Increase in income taxes receivable | - | 65 | 80 | |||||||||
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries | (1,642 | ) | (1,245 | ) | (778 | ) | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in other assets | (273 | ) | (147 | ) | 117 | |||||||
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities | 368 | (134 | ) | 466 | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 1,568 | 439 | 1,702 | |||||||||
Cash Flows from Investing Activities | ||||||||||||
Purchases of available-for-sale securities | (8 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Sales of available-for-sale securities | 2 | - | - | |||||||||
Principal payments on available-for-sale securities | - | - | 4 | |||||||||
Origination of loans, net of principal payments | 1 | 327 | (287 | ) | ||||||||
(Increase) decrease in notes receivable from subsidiaries | (401 | ) | (232 | ) | 82 | |||||||
Investment in subsidiaries | (3,676 | ) | (404 | ) | (2,052 | ) | ||||||
Dividends received from subsidiaries | 1,642 | 784 | 1,140 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities | (2,440 | ) | 475 | (1,113 | ) | |||||||
Cash Flows from Financing Activities | ||||||||||||
Proceeds (repayments) of notes payable to subsidiaries | 765 | 1 | (108 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from other borrowings | 138 | 596 | 846 | |||||||||
Common stock issued | 197 | 88 | 84 | |||||||||
Common stock warrants issued, net | 398 | - | - | |||||||||
Common stock issued for acquisitions | 1,389 | - | 207 | |||||||||
Repurchase of common stock, net | (231 | ) | (869 | ) | (1,082 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid | (781 | ) | (626 | ) | (570 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities | 1,875 | (810 | ) | (623 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 1,003 | 104 | (34 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | 388 | 284 | 318 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | $ | 1,391 | $ | 388 | $ | 284 | ||||||
|
|
|
116
Note 23: Operating Segments
Effective January 1, 2001, the Company realigned its lines of business. In connection with this realignment, the Company identified three major operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: Banking and Financial Services, Home Loans and Insurance Services and Specialty Finance. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. The management reporting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. The Company's operating segments are defined by product type and customer segments. The Company continues to enhance its segment reporting process methodologies. These methodologies are based on the Company's management reporting process, which assigns certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. New methodologies that are now applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds transfer pricing system, which allocates net interest income between funds users and funds providers; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the long-term, normalized net charge off ratio for loan products within each segment, which differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses under generally accepted accounting principles; and (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of operating expenses between the segments. Historical periods have been restated to conform to this new presentation.
The Banking and Financial Services Group ("Banking & FS") offers a comprehensive line of consumer and business financial products and services to individuals and small and middle market businesses. In addition to traditional banking products, Banking & FS offers investment management and securities brokerage services, and distributes annuity products through the Company's subsidiaries and affiliates. The group's services are offered through multiple delivery channels, including financial centers, business banking centers, ATMs, the internet and 24-hour telephone banking centers.
The Home Loans and Insurance Services Group ("Home Loans Group") originates, purchases, sells, securitizes and services the Company's SFR mortgage assets. These mortgage loans may either be retained in the Company's portfolio, sold or securitized. The group's loan products are made available to consumers through various distribution channels, which include retail home loan centers, financial centers, correspondent financial institutions, prime and specialty wholesale home loan centers, consumer direct contact through call centers, and the internet. The Home Loans Group also includes the activities of Washington Mutual Insurance Services, Inc., an insurance agency that supports the mortgage lending process, as well as the insurance needs of consumers doing business with the Company. Additionally, the Home Loans Group manages the activities of the Company's captive reinsurance programs.
The Specialty Finance Group conducts operations through the Company's banking subsidiaries and Washington Mutual Finance. The Specialty Finance Group provides real estate secured financing primarily for multi-family properties. Commercial real estate lending and residential builder construction finance are also part of the group's secured financing activities. Syndicated lending, asset-based financing and mortgage banker financing are also part of the lending activities conducted by this group. This group offers commercial banking services through Washington Mutual Bank and Washington Mutual Bank, FA and conducts a consumer finance business through Washington Mutual Finance.
The Corporate Support/Treasury & Other category includes management of the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings and purchased investment securities portfolios. To the extent not allocated to the business segments, this category also includes the costs of the Company's legal, accounting, human resources and community reinvestment functions. Also reported in this category are the net impact of transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances, the difference between the normalized provision for loan
117
and lease losses for the operating segments and the Company's provision, the effects of inter-segment allocations of financial hedge gains and losses, and the elimination of inter-segment noninterest income and noninterest expense. The inter-segment allocation process includes elements that allow MSR interest rate risk to be hypothetically managed at the segment level with techniques that may differ, in some respects, with the actual techniques used for enterprise-level interest rate risk management.
Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Banking and
Financial Services |
Home Loans and
Insurance Services |
Specialty
Finance |
Corporate Support/
Treasury & Other |
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Condensed income statement: | |||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 2,265 | $ | 2,143 | $ | 984 | $ | 1,484 | $ | 6,876 | |||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 86 | 137 | 199 | 153 | 575 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest income | 1,778 | 1,481 | (1) | 77 | (709 | ) | 2,627 | ||||||||||
Noninterest expense | 2,406 | 1,343 | 256 | 612 | 4,617 | ||||||||||||
Income taxes | 596 | 792 | 228 | (37 | ) | 1,579 | |||||||||||
Extraordinary item, net of tax | - | - | - | 382 | 382 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 955 | $ | 1,352 | $ | 378 | $ | 429 | $ | 3,114 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total average loans | $ | 12,570 | $ | 107,123 | $ | 28,224 | $ | 397 | $ | 148,314 | |||||||
Total average assets | 16,465 | 147,710 | 29,193 | 32,205 | 225,573 | ||||||||||||
Total average deposits | 83,375 | 7,882 | 2,609 | 2,656 | 96,522 |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2000 |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Banking and
Financial Services |
Home Loans and
Insurance Services |
Specialty
Finance |
Corporate Support/
Treasury & Other |
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Condensed income statement: | |||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 1,898 | $ | 1,628 | $ | 734 | $ | 51 | $ | 4,311 | |||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 65 | 101 | 148 | (129 | ) | 185 | |||||||||||
Noninterest income | 1,403 | 548 | 43 | (10 | ) | 1,984 | |||||||||||
Noninterest expense | 1,967 | 607 | 190 | 362 | 3,126 | ||||||||||||
Income taxes | 482 | 558 | 165 | (120 | ) | 1,085 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 787 | $ | 910 | $ | 274 | $ | (72 | ) | $ | 1,899 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total average loans | $ | 9,315 | $ | 86,045 | $ | 22,382 | $ | - | $ | 117,742 | |||||||
Total average assets | 12,014 | 124,180 | 22,655 | 28,723 | 187,572 | ||||||||||||
Total average deposits | 78,074 | 1,212 | 192 | 798 | 80,276 |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 1999 |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Banking and
Financial Services |
Home Loans and
Insurance Services |
Specialty
Finance |
Corporate Support/
Treasury & Other |
Total
|
|||||||||||
|
(in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
Condensed income statement: | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 1,714 | $ | 1,410 | $ | 703 | $ | 625 | $ | 4,452 | ||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 23 | 27 | 117 | - | 167 | |||||||||||
Noninterest income | 1,135 | 302 | 43 | 29 | 1,509 | |||||||||||
Noninterest expense | 2,036 | 582 | 164 | 128 | 2,910 | |||||||||||
Income taxes | 300 | 419 | 175 | 173 | 1,067 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 490 | $ | 684 | $ | 290 | $ | 353 | $ | 1,817 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
118
Note 24: Subsequent Event
On January 4, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of Dime. In connection with this acquisition, Washington Mutual obtained 9.33% Capital Securities, Series A (the "Trust Preferred Securities"), which were issued by Dime Capital Trust I ("Dime Capital"). As a result of the acquisition, Dime Capital, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dime, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of WMI.
In May 1997, Dime Capital issued $200 million of the Trust Preferred Securities, which are due May 6, 2027. In connection with Dime Capital's issuance of these securities, Dime issued to Dime Capital $206 million principal amount of 9.33% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series A, due May 6, 2027 (the "Series A Subordinated Debentures due 2027"). The Series A Subordinated Debentures due 2027 are and will be the sole assets of Dime Capital. The carrying value of the Trust Preferred Securities, net of unamortized issuance costs, was $152 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000.
119
Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, 2001
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fourth
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
|||||||||
|
(dollars in millions,
except per share amounts) |
||||||||||||
Interest income | $ | 3,525 | $ | 3,690 | $ | 3,936 | $ | 3,914 | |||||
Interest expense | 1,498 | 1,874 | 2,263 | 2,555 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net interest income | 2,027 | 1,816 | 1,673 | 1,359 | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 200 | 200 | 92 | 82 | |||||||||
Noninterest income | 334 | 738 | 805 | 750 | |||||||||
Noninterest expense | 1,331 | 1,154 | 1,119 | 1,013 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item | 830 | 1,200 | 1,267 | 1,014 | |||||||||
Income taxes | 295 | 443 | 469 | 373 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | 535 | 757 | 798 | 641 | |||||||||
Extraordinary item | 307 | 75 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | $ | 842 | $ | 832 | $ | 798 | $ | 641 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income attributable to common stock | $ | 840 | $ | 830 | $ | 796 | $ | 640 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Basic earnings per common share (1) : | |||||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | $ | 0.62 | $ | 0.88 | $ | 0.93 | $ | 0.77 | |||||
Extraordinary item | 0.36 | 0.09 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | 0.98 | 0.97 | 0.93 | 0.77 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share (1) : | |||||||||||||
Income before extraordinary item | 0.62 | 0.85 | 0.91 | 0.76 | |||||||||
Extraordinary item | 0.35 | 0.09 | - | - | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | 0.97 | 0.94 | 0.91 | 0.76 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Common stock price per share (1) : | |||||||||||||
High | 39.10 | 42.69 | 39.39 | 36.50 | |||||||||
Low | 28.56 | 35.03 | 32.78 | 29.38 | |||||||||
Cash dividends declared per common share | 0.24 | 0.23 | 0.22 | 0.21 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2000
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fourth
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
|||||||||
|
(dollars in millions,
except per share amounts) |
||||||||||||
Interest income | $ | 3,632 | $ | 3,485 | $ | 3,362 | $ | 3,304 | |||||
Interest expense | 2,531 | 2,451 | 2,270 | 2,220 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net interest income | 1,101 | 1,034 | 1,092 | 1,084 | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses | 53 | 47 | 44 | 41 | |||||||||
Noninterest income | 550 | 511 | 500 | 423 | |||||||||
Noninterest expense | 822 | 785 | 775 | 744 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 776 | 713 | 773 | 722 | |||||||||
Income taxes | 279 | 260 | 282 | 264 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income | $ | 497 | $ | 453 | $ | 491 | $ | 458 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income attributable to common stock | $ | 497 | $ | 453 | $ | 491 | $ | 458 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income per common share (1) : | |||||||||||||
Basic | $ | 0.63 | $ | 0.57 | $ | 0.61 | $ | 0.55 | |||||
Diluted | 0.62 | 0.57 | 0.61 | 0.55 | |||||||||
Common stock price per share (1) : | |||||||||||||
High | 37.25 | 27.04 | 21.75 | 18.00 | |||||||||
Low | 25.25 | 20.13 | 16.42 | 14.54 | |||||||||
Cash dividends declared per common share | 0.20 | 0.19 | 0.19 | 0.18 |
120
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT
NUMBER |
DESCRIPTION
|
|
---|---|---|
3.1 |
|
Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. File No. 0-25188.) |
3.2 |
|
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Washington Mutual, Inc. creating a class of preferred stock, Series RP. |
3.3 |
|
Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Washington Mutual, Inc. creating a class of preferred stock, Series H. |
3.4 |
|
Bylaws of the Company, as amended (filed herewith). |
4.1 |
|
Rights Agreement dated December 20, 2000 between Registration and Mellon Investor Services, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 8, 2001. File No. 0-25188.) |
4.2 |
|
The registrant will furnish upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries. |
4.3 |
|
Warrant Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3. File No. 333-63976.) |
4.4 |
|
Form of Warrant Agreement, among Dime Bancorp, EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. and EquiServe Limited Partnership, pertaining to the Litigation Tracking Warrants. (Incorporated by reference to Dime Bancorp, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on December 15, 2000. File No. 0-32125.) |
4.5 |
|
Agreement Concerning Litigation Tracking Warrants and Replacement Warrant Agent dated January 4, 2002 (filed herewith). |
10.1 |
|
Intentionally omitted. |
10.2* |
|
Lease Agreement between Third and University Limited Partnership and Washington Mutual Savings Bank, dated September 1, 1988. |
10.3 |
|
Escrow Agreement, dated December 20, 1996, by and among the Company, Keystone Holdings Partners, L.P., the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as manager of the FSLIC Resolution Fund, and The Bank of New York. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 3, 1997. File No. 0-25188.) |
10.4 |
|
364-Day Credit Agreement by and among the Company, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative Agent, and certain lenders. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000. File No. 0-25188.) |
10.5 |
|
Four-Year Credit Agreement by and among the Company, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation (formerly known as Aristar, Inc.), The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative Agent, and certain lenders. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. File No. 0-25188.) |
|
|
|
10.13.3 |
|
Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998. |
10.13.4 |
|
Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith). |
10.14 |
|
Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees as Amended and Restated Effective April 17, 2001 (filed herewith). |
10.15 |
|
Washington Mutual Bonus and Incentive Plan for Executive Officers and Senior Management as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1999. |
10.16** |
|
Employment Contract of Kerry K. Killinger. |
10.17** |
|
Employment Contract for Executive Officers. |
10.18 |
|
Form of Employment Contract for Senior Vice Presidents. (Incorporated by reference to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998. File No. 0-25188.) |
10.19 |
|
The 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended effective July 26, 1994). (Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report of Great Western Financial Corporation ("Great Western"), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.19.1 |
|
Amendment No. 1996-1 to the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.19.2 |
|
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Registration Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 33-21469 pertaining to Great Western's 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.) |
10.19.3 |
|
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement effective January 3, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.20 |
|
Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.20.1 |
|
Amendment to Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Senior Officers' and basic Deferred Compensation Plans (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.20.2 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan 1992 Restatement. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.20.3 |
|
Amendment No. 1996-2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.21 |
|
Great Western Financial Corporation Umbrella Trust for Directors. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989. File No. 001-04075.) |
|
|
|
10.21.1 |
|
Amendment No. 1996-1 to Umbrella Trust for Directors, dated December 16, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.21.2 |
|
Omnibus Amendment 1995-1 to the Umbrella Trusts replacing the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors with the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors as administrator of the plans. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.22 |
|
Restated Retirement Plan for Directors. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.23 |
|
Employee Home Loan Program. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.23.1 |
|
Amendment No. 1996-1 to Employee Home Loan Program, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.24 |
|
Omnibus Amendment 1997-1 amending the definition of change in control in the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended December 10, 1996, the Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement), as amended December 10, 1996, the Umbrella Trust for Directors as amended December 10, 1996, and the Employee Home Loan Program (revised and restated as of April 27, 1993), as amended December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.) |
10.25 |
|
H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1984 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1984. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.25.1 |
|
Amendment to H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1984 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.26 |
|
H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.27 |
|
H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1998 Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.28 |
|
H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1996 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.29 |
|
1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.29.1 |
|
First Amendment to 1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.29.2 |
|
Second Amendment to 1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
|
|
|
10.30 |
|
Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.30.1 |
|
First Amendment to Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.30.2 |
|
Second Amendment to Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.31 |
|
Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.31.1 |
|
First Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.32 |
|
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.32.1 |
|
First Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.33 |
|
Senior Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson and Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.34 |
|
Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.34.1 |
|
First Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.34.2 |
|
Second Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.35 |
|
Senior Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.36 |
|
H.F. Ahmanson & Company Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.37 |
|
Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.37.1 |
|
First Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
|
|
|
10.37.2 |
|
Second Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.38 |
|
Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.38.1 |
|
First Amendment to Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.39 |
|
Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.39.1 |
|
First Amendment to Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.40 |
|
Amended Form of Indemnity Agreement between H.F. Ahmanson & Company and directors and executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.) |
10.41 |
|
Board of Directors Retirement Plan of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to the Current Report of Coast Savings Financial Inc. ("Coast") on Form 8-K dated September 1, 1989. File No. 1-10264.) |
10.42 |
|
Form of Post-Retirement Compensation Arrangement of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-10264.) |
10.43 |
|
Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan of Coast, dated February 28, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-10264.) |
10.44 |
|
Long Beach Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to the Long Beach Financial Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1. File No. 333-22013) |
10.45 |
|
Bank United Corp. ("Bank United") 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.) |
10.46 |
|
Bank United 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (filed herewith). |
10.47 |
|
Bank United 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (filed herewith). |
10.48 |
|
Bank United Director Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.) |
10.48.1 |
|
Bank United Director Stock Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 16, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000. File No. 0-21017.) |
10.49 |
|
Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime") Stock Incentive Plan, as amended by an amendment effective April 27, 1994 (the "Stock Incentive Plan") (incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995 (File No. 33-88552)), as amended by an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K). |
|
|
|
10.50 |
|
Dime 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective February 29, 1996 (the "1991 Stock Incentive Plan") (incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on May 24, 1996 (File No. 333-04477)), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of October 1, 1996, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), (iii) an Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), and (iv) an Amendment, effective June 25, 1998, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K). |
10.50.1 |
|
Amendment to Dime's 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.51 |
|
Dime Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (the "Outside Directors Plan"), as amended effective April 27, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995 (File No. 33-88560)), as amended by an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Outside Directors Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K). |
10.52 |
|
The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB ("DSB") Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended by the First Amendment through the Fourth Amendment thereof (incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 (the "1994 10-K") (File No. 001-13094)), as amended by an Amendment to DSB's Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 11 to the Schedule 14d-9, Solicitation / Recommendation Statement, filed on May 19, 2000 (the "14d-9 Amendment No. 11") (File No. 005-48389)). |
10.53 |
|
Deferred Compensation Plan for Board Members of DSB (the "DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.54 |
|
Benefit Restoration Plan of DSB (the "Benefit Restoration Plan"), amended and restated effective as of October 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Benefit Restoration Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.54.1 |
|
Amendment to the Benefit Restoration Plan, effective December 20, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.55 |
|
Retainer Continuation Plan for Independent Directors of DSB (the "Retainer Continuation Plan") (incorporated by reference to DSB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed on September 16, 1994 as Exhibit A to Dime's Report on Form 8-K dated that date (File No. 001-13094)), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of January 13, 1995, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 001-13094)), (ii) an Amendment, effective as of December 31, 1996, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K),(iii) an Amendment, effective March 1, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iv) an Amendment, effective July 24, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (v) an Amendment to the Retainer Continuation Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
|
|
|
10.56 |
|
Key Executive Life Insurance/Death Benefit Plan of DSB, amended and restated effective as of April 1, 1999 (the "Key Life Plan"), as amended by and Amendment, effective as of April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Key Life Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.57 |
|
Dime 1990 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective as of January 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995 (File No. 33-88554)). |
10.68 |
|
Dime 1992 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor Bancorp, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective as of January 13, 1995 (the "1992 Stock Option Plan") (incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995 (File No. 33-88556)), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective June 1, 1996, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K). |
10.58 |
|
Dime Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), amended and restated effective as of December 2, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective January 29, 1998, to the SERP (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective June 24, 1999, to the SERP (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the SERP, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.58.1 |
|
Amendment to Dime's SERP, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.59 |
|
Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 1997 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(12) to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.59.1 |
|
Amendment to the Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, effective November 14, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.60 |
|
Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective March 26, 1998, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective October 1, 1999, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.61 |
|
Dime Officer Incentive Plan (the "Officer Incentive Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of January 1, 1998, to the Officer Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2000, to the Officer Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K); and (iii) an Amendment to the Officer Incentive Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
|
|
|
10.62 |
|
Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan ("Senior Officer Incentive Plan"), effective April 30, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective May 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11). |
10.62.1 |
|
Amendment to the Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.62.2 |
|
Amendment to the Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.63 |
|
Anchor Savings Bank FSB Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, assumed by Dime. (Incorporated by reference to the Anchor Bancorp Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992. File No. 33-37720.) |
10.64 |
|
Dime 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated effective March 27, 1998 (the "1997 Outside Director Plan") (incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K). |
10.64.1 |
|
Amendment to the Dime 1997 Outside Director Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.) |
10.65 |
|
Dime Incentive Stock Option Plan, effective as of October 15, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Dime's Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 on Form S-8, filed on October 15, 1997 (File No. 333-35565) ). |
12.(a) |
|
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith). |
(b) |
|
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (filed herewith). |
21. |
|
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith). |
23. |
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (filed herewith). |
Exhibits followed by a parenthetical reference are incorporated by reference herein from the documents described therein. Documents relating to Ahmanson filed prior to May 1985 were filed by H.F. Ahmanson & Company, a California corporation, File No. 1-7108.
Exhibit 3.4
RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
The principal office and place of business of the corporation in the state of Washington shall be located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101.
The corporation may have such other offices within or without the state of Washington as the board of directors may designate or the business of the corporation may require from time to time.
ARTICLE II
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors of this corporation shall consist of up to eighteen (18) directors.
ARTICLE III
SHAREHOLDERS
Section 3.1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the third Tuesday in the month of April in each year, beginning with the year 1995, at 10:00 a.m., or at such other date or time as may be determined by the board of directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the state of Washington, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors is not held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.
Section 3.2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes unless otherwise prescribed by statute may be called by the Chairman, by the board of directors, or by the written request of any director or holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the votes entitled to be cast on each issue to be considered at the special meeting.
Section 3.3. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at either the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the state of Washington as the person or persons calling the meeting may designate.
Section 3.4. Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which date in any case shall not be more than seventy (70) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than 20 days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution, the day before the first notice of a meeting is dispatched to shareholders or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors
authorizing such dividend or distribution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.
The record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the first shareholder signs the consent in lieu of meeting.
Section 3.5. Voting Lists. At least ten (10) days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of all its shareholders on the record date who are entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series of shares, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which record for a period of ten (10) days prior to the meeting shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. Such record shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder, shareholder's agent or shareholder's attorney at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Failure to comply with the requirements of this bylaw shall not affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting.
Section 3.6. Notice of Meetings. Written or printed notice stating the date, time and place of a meeting of shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting or by the Secretary at the direction of such person or persons to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting (unless required by law to send notice to all shareholders regardless of whether or not such shareholders are entitled to vote), not less than ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, except that notice of a meeting to act on an amendment to the articles of incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation other than in the usual course of business, or the dissolution of the corporation shall be given not less than twenty (20) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. Written notice may be transmitted by: Mail, private carrier or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice. Such notice shall be effective upon dispatch if sent to the shareholder's address, telephone number, or other number appearing on the records of the corporation.
If an annual or special shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment unless a new record date is or must be fixed. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.
Section 3.7. Waiver of Notice. A shareholder may waive any notice required to be given under the provisions of these bylaws, the articles of incorporation or by applicable law, whether before or after the date and time stated therein. A valid waiver is created by any of the following three methods: (a) in writing signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in its corporate records; (b) by attendance at the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; or (c) by failure to object at the time of presentation of a matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice.
Section 3.8. Manner of Acting; Proxies. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy. A shareholder may vote by proxy by means of a proxy appointment form which is executed in writing by the shareholder, his agent, or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. All proxy appointment forms shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the commencement of meetings. No
unrevoked proxy appointment form shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless otherwise expressly provided in the appointment form. No proxy appointment may be effectively revoked until notice in writing of such revocation has been given to the secretary of the corporation by the shareholder appointing the proxy.
Section 3.9. Quorum. At any meeting of the shareholders, a majority in interest of all the shares entitled to vote on a matter by the voting group, represented in person or by proxy by shareholders of record, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. If less than a majority is represented, a majority of those represented may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine, without further notice, except as set forth in Section 3.6. Once a share is represented at a meeting, other than to object to holding the meeting or transacting business, it is deemed to be present for purposes of a quorum for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be fixed for the adjourned meeting. At such reconvened meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the adjourned meeting. If a quorum exists, action on a matter is approved by a voting group if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the question is one upon which a different vote is required by express provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws.
Section 3.10. Voting of Shares. Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except as may be otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation.
Section 3.11. Voting for Directors. In the election of directors every shareholder of record entitled to vote at the election shall have the right to vote in person the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has a right to vote. Shareholders entitled to vote at any election of directors shall have no right to cumulate votes. In any election of directors the candidates elected are those receiving the largest numbers of votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election, up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares.
Section 3.12. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.
3.12.1. Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. A certified copy of a resolution adopted by such directors shall be conclusive as to their determination.
3.12.2. Shares held by a personal representative, administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by such administrator, executor, guardian or conservator, without a transfer of such shares into the name of such personal representative, administrator, executor, guardian or conservator. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by such trustee, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held in trust without a transfer of such shares into the name of the trustee.
3.12.3. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by the receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do is contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.
3.12.4. If shares are held jointly by three or more fiduciaries, the will of the majority of the fiduciaries shall control the manner of voting or appointment of a proxy, unless the instrument or order appointing such fiduciaries otherwise directs.
3.12.5. Unless the pledge agreement expressly provides otherwise, a shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
3.12.6. Shares held by another corporation shall not be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote at any given time if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation is held by this corporation.
3.12.7. On and after the date on which written notice of redemption of redeemable shares has been dispatched to the holders thereof and a sum sufficient to redeem such shares has been deposited with a bank or trust company with irrevocable instruction and authority to pay the redemption price to the holders thereof upon surrender of certificates therefor, such shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter and shall be deemed to be not outstanding shares.
Section 3.13. Notice of Nomination. Nominations for the election of directors and proposals for any new business to be taken up at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be made by the board of directors of the corporation or by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In order for a shareholder of the corporation to make any such nomination or proposal at any annual meeting, the shareholder's nomination or proposal must be in writing and received at the Executive Offices of the corporation by the Secretary of the corporation not less than 120 days in advance of the date corresponding to the date in the previous year on which the corporation's proxy statement was released to security holders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting of security holders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from the date of the previous year's annual meeting, a proposal shall be received by the corporation in accordance with the method set forth hereafter for proposals or nominations in advance of a special meeting of shareholders. In order for a shareholder of the corporation to make any nomination or proposal to be taken up at a special meeting of shareholders, the shareholder's nomination or proposal must be in writing and received at the Executive Offices of the corporation by the Secretary of the corporation not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to any such meeting. Each such notice given by a shareholder with respect to nominations for the election of directors shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.
Section 3.14. Action Without a Meeting. Any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all the shareholders.
ARTICLE IV.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4.1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors.
Section 4.2. Number, Tenure and Qualification. The number of directors set forth in Article II of these bylaws may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to or in the manner provided in these bylaws. No decrease, however, shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director unless such director resigns or is removed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. The directors shall be classified and shall hold such terms as set forth in the articles of incorporation. In all cases, directors shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, removal from office or death. Directors need not be residents of the state of Washington or shareholders of the corporation.
Section 4.3. Annual and Other Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board shall be held at two-thirty o'clock, or an earlier hour in the discretion of the Chairman or the President, on the third Tuesday of the months of January, February, April, June, July, September, October, and December unless such day is a legal holiday, in which case the meeting shall be held on the first business day thereafter, or unless such meeting has been canceled by the Chairman or the President upon giving
notice to the members of the board at least three calendar days before the date on which such meeting is scheduled. The date of any regular meeting may be changed to such other date within the month as shall be determined by the Chairman or the President, or in the absence of the Chairman or the President, by any three members of the Board, provided notice of the time and place of such meeting is given as provided in Section 4.4. In each year, the regular meeting on the day of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders shall be known as the Annual Meeting of the Board.
Section 4.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, or the president. The notice of a special meeting of the board of directors shall state the date and time and, if the meeting is not exclusively telephonic, the place of the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Notice shall be given by the person or persons authorized to call such meeting, or by the secretary at the direction of the person or persons authorized to call such meeting. The notice may be oral or written. If the notice is orally communicated in person or by telephone to the director or to the director's personal secretary or is sent by electronic mail, telephone or wireless equipment, which transmits a facsimile of the notice to the director's electronic mail designation or telephone number appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is sent by courier to the director's address appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than three (3) full days prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is sent by mail to the director's address appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than five (5) full days prior to the time set for such meeting.
Section 4.5. Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting at any time. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any director of the corporation pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the director, entitled to notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of notice. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully convened. A director waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the director objects to considering the matter when it is presented.
Section 4.6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors specified in or fixed in accordance with these bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at any meeting of directors. If less than a majority shall attend a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and a quorum present at such adjourned meeting may transact business.
Section 4.7. Manner of Acting. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the board of directors.
Section 4.8. Participation by Conference Telephone. Directors may participate in a regular or special meeting of the board by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating can hear each other during the meeting and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 4.9. Presumption of Assent. A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless such director's dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless such director shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
Section 4.10. Action by Board Without a Meeting. Any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if one or more written consents setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed, either before or after the action taken, by all the directors. Action taken by written consent is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date.
Section 4.11. Audit Committee. The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the Board, shall elect from their number an Audit Committee of not less than three members, none of whom shall be employed by the corporation. At least annually the Board of Directors shall determine that each Committee member has the independence and other qualifications set forth in the Charter of the Audit Committee as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statements that the Board may adopt with regard to the composition of the Committee.
The Audit Committee shall have the authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Audit Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.
Section 4.12. Compensation and Stock Option Committee.
The board of directors at any regular meeting of the board, shall elect from their number a Compensation and Stock Option Committee which committee shall have not less than three members, none of whom shall be employed by the corporation.
The Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall serve as the Option Committee pursuant to the stock option plans of the corporation, and shall have oversight of the administration of officer or employee compensation plans that are sponsored or otherwise established by the corporation, including but not limited to the corporation's retirement plans and other plans that are subject to the Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and non-qualified compensation plans for highly compensated employees ("NQHC Plans"). The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, subject to ratification by the Board, all NQHC Plans and amendments of such plans, and shall have all the authority of the Board to adopt and amend all other compensation plans for officers and employees. The Committee shall recommend to the Board the compensation of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, shall establish the salaries of all other officers who are in Salary Level 5 or higher and shall have oversight of the determination of the compensation of other officers and employees of the corporation.
The Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall adopt, amend and monitor the administration of policies that govern the compensation of officers and employees, or relate to equal employment opportunities or affirmative action.
Section 4.13. Director's Loan and Investment Committee. At any regular meeting of the board, the Chairman of the Board, with the approval of the board of directors shall appoint from the members of the board a Directors' Loan & Investment Committee. The Committee shall consist of the Chairman and President (if he is a member of the board) of the corporation and certain other members of the board, a majority of whom shall not be officers of the corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall appoint a chairman who is not an officer of the corporation.
The Committee Chairman shall coordinate with the corporation's staff in the preparation of reports for the Committee and the Board.
The Committee shall have oversight of the officers of the corporation who are responsible for the investments of the corporation and for managing the sale, exchange and other disposition of investments including those that may be made or purchased under the statutes relating to prudent investments.
Its power shall include, but not be limited to oversight of all investments and dispositions, and all purchases of real estate and the other disposition of all property, real or personal, tangible or
intangible, acquired by the corporation in satisfaction of debts owing to it or otherwise (except the corporation premises or other real property acquired for use by the corporation).
In connection with the monitoring of the corporation's return on investments in subsidiaries and other corporations, the Committee shall also have oversight of the officers of the corporation who are responsible for such investments.
The Committee shall have authority to oversee the administration of the policies that govern the corporation's investments (collectively, the "Investment Policies"). The Committee shall have all the authority of the board of directors to amend the Investment Policies following initial approval by the Board.
Section 4.14. Corporate Relations Committee. The Chairman, with the approval of the board of directors, may appoint from among the members of the board of the corporation, a Corporate Relations Committee which shall consist of no fewer than two Directors and shall monitor the performance of voluntary commitments that the corporation has made to support its communities, and the contributions by the corporation to the Washington Mutual Foundation.
Section 4.15. Corporate Development Committee. The Chairman, with the approval of the board of directors, shall appoint from among the members of the board a Corporate Development Committee which shall consist of the Chairman of the Board and not less than two other directors. The Corporate Development Committee shall exercise all the authority of the Board: (A) with regard to the authorization of negotiations and approval of the terms of offers and agreements and of investments relating to mergers and acquisitions not involving a change of control of the corporation; provided , that further action of the board of directors shall be required for submission to shareholders of a plan of merger or consolidation; and (B) with regard to approval of the final terms, rights, designations and preferences of stock to be issued by the corporation, provided , that prior action of the board of directors shall be required to specify the maximum number or value of the shares to be issued.
Section 4.16. Other Board Committees. The Board of Directors may by resolution designate from among its members such other committees as the Board in its discretion may determine, each of which must have two or more members. To the extent provided in such resolutions, each such committee shall have and may exercise the authority of the board of directors, except as limited by applicable law. The designation of any such committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not relieve the Board of Directors, or any members thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law. In addition, the Chairman of the Board, with the approval of the Board of Directors, may appoint from among the members of the Board such committees as he deems appropriate.
Section 4.17. Committee Procedures. Except as provided in the bylaws or in specific resolutions of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board shall be governed by the same rules regarding meetings, action without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as applied to the Board of Directors.
Section 4.18. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the registered office of the corporation, or by giving oral notice at any meeting of the directors or shareholders. Any such resignation shall take effect at any subsequent time specified therein, or if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 4.19. Removal. At a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed from office, with cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of the director or directors whose removal is sought. If the board of directors or any one or more directors is so removed, new directors may be elected at this same meeting.
Section 4.20. Vacancies. A vacancy on the board of directors may occur by the resignation, removal or death of an existing director, or by reason of increasing the number of directors on the board of directors as provided in these bylaws. Except as may be limited by the articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of four-fifths of the remaining directors though less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by shareholders.
If the vacant office was held by a director elected by holders of one or more authorized classes or series of shares, only the holders of those classes or series of shares are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy.
Section 4.21. Compensation. By resolution of the board of directors, the directors may be paid a fixed sum plus their expenses, if any, for attendance at meetings of the board of directors or committee thereof, or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 4.22. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at meetings of the board of directors. In the absence of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, the directors present may select someone from their number to preside. The Chairman shall be ex-officio a member of all committees, except the Audit Committee and the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 5.1. Ranks and Terms in Office. The officers of the corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a Chairman, a President of the Corporation, a General Auditor, a Controller, and such Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents as the board of directors may designate and elect, or such other officers as the board of directors may designate and elect or the Chief Executive Officer may designate and appoint.
Officers shall serve until the termination of their employment or their earlier removal from service as officers. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer who has been elected by the board of directors may be suspended with or without pay by the Chief Executive Officer, and any other officer may be removed or suspended with or without pay by the Chief Executive Officer, but such removal or suspension shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed or suspended. The termination of any officer's employment shall constitute removal of such person from office, effective as of the date of termination of employment.
Section 5.2. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall have direct supervision and management of its affairs and the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the Chief Executive officer of a corporation, subject to the Bylaws and policies of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be ex-officio a member of all committees except the Audit Committee and the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, his duties shall be assumed by the President of the Corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors.
Section 5.3. Chairman. The Chairman shall preside over all meetings of the board of directors. The Chairman shall preside over all meetings of the shareholders, which duty shall include the authority to adjourn such meetings. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. In the event of the Chairman's incapacity, the Chairman's duties shall be assumed by the Chief Executive Officer or, in the event of the Chief Executive Officer's incapacity, the duties of the Chairman shall be assumed by the President of the Corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the board of directors.
Section 5.4. President of the Corporation. The President of the Corporation shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.
Section 5.5. General Auditor. The General Auditor shall supervise and maintain continuous audit control of the assets and liabilities of the corporation. He shall be responsible only to the board of directors in coordination with the Chief Executive officer. He shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation from time to time, only to the extent that such other duties do not compromise the independence of audit control.
Section 5.6. Controller. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the corporation and shall have supervisory control and direction of the general accounting, accounting procedure, budgeting and general bookkeeping, and shall be the custodian of the general accounting books, records, forms and papers. He shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation, only to the extent that such other duties do not compromise the independence of audit control.
Section 5.7. Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents . Any Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.
Section 5.8. Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents . Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairmen, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or a Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.
Section 5.9. Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the board of directors and of the shareholders. He shall give such notices to the directors as may be required by law or by these Bylaws. He shall have the custody of the corporate seal, if any, and the contracts, papers and documents belonging to the corporation. He shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. In the absence of the Secretary, the powers and duties of the Secretary shall devolve upon an Assistant Secretary or such person as shall be designated by the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 5.10. Combining Offices. An officer who holds one office may, with or without resigning from such existing office, be elected by the board of directors to hold, in addition to such existing office, the office of Chairman, Vice Chairman, Group President Senior Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, First Vice President or Vice President. An officer who holds one office may, with or without resigning from such existing office, be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer to hold, in addition to such existing office, another office other than the office of Chairman, Vice Chairman, Group President Senior Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, First Vice President or Vice President.
Section 5.11. Other Officers. The other Officers shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may designate such functional titles to an officer, as the Chief Executive Officer deems appropriate from time to time.
Section 5.12. Official Bonds. The corporation may be indemnified in the event of the dishonest conduct or unfaithful performance of an officer, employee, or agent by a corporate fidelity bond, the premiums for which may be paid by the corporation.
Section 5.13. Execution of Contracts and Other Documents. The Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, or any Vice Chairman, Group President, or Senior Executive Vice President may from time to time designate the officers, employees or agents of the corporation who shall have authority to sign deeds, contracts, satisfactions, releases, and assignments of mortgages, and all other documents or instruments in writing to be made or executed by the corporation.
Section 5.14. Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or the board of directors, or by giving oral notice at any meeting of the board. Any such resignation shall take effect at any subsequent time specified therein, or if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 5.15. Compensation of Officers and Employees. The board of directors shall fix compensation of officers and may fix compensation of other employees from time to time. No officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the corporation.
Section 5.16. Voting of Shares Held by Corporation. Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted in person or by proxy by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President of the Corporation, by a Vice Chairman, by a Group President, by a Senior Executive Vice President, by an Executive Vice President, or by a Senior Vice President.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES
Section 6.1. Certificates for Shares. The shares of the corporation may be represented by certificates in such form as prescribed by the board of directors. Signatures of the corporate officers on the certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. All certificates shall bear such legend or legends as prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
Section 6.2. Issuance of Shares. Shares of the corporation shall be issued only when authorized by the board of directors, which authorization shall include the consideration to be received for each share.
Section 6.3. Beneficial Ownership. Except as otherwise permitted by these bylaws, the person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes. The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certification complying with such procedure, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.
Section 6.4. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation, on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for the shares. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled.
Section 6.5. Lost or Destroyed Certificates. In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.
Section 6.6. Stock Transfer Records. The stock transfer books shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented by any certificate, together with the class, number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. Except as provided in these bylaws, the person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
This corporation need not have a corporate seal. If the directors adopt a corporate seal, the seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and consist of the name of the corporation, the state and year of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES AND AGENT
Section 8.1. Director's Right To Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation or, being or having been such a director, he or she is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or in any other capacity while serving as a director, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that (a) the corporation shall not indemnify any person from or on account of any acts or omissions of such person finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law of such person, or from conduct of the person in violation of RCW 23B.08.310, or from or on account of any transaction with respect to which it is finally adjudged that such person personally received a benefit in money, property, or services to which such person was not legally entitled, and (b) except as provided in subsection 8.3 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. If the Washington Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize further indemnification of directors, then directors of the corporation shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the Washington Business Corporation Act, as so amended.
Section 8.2. Director's Burden of Proof and Procedure For Payment .
(a) The claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, where the undertaking in (b) below has been tendered to the corporation) and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the claimant is so entitled.
(b) The right to indemnification shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.
Section 8.3. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, its shareholders or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, its shareholders or independent legal counsel) that the claimant is not entitled to
indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.
Section 8.4. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 8.5. Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may, without any shareholder action, enter into contracts with such director or officer in furtherance of the provisions of this Article and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Article.
Section 8.6. Indemnification of Officers, Employees and Agents of the Corporation.
(a) The corporation may, by action of its board of directors from time to time, provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to officers, employees and agents of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors of the corporation or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act or otherwise; or
(b) The corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by any officer or employee of the corporation, who is not a director, who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding if: (1) such person furnishes the corporation with an affidavit stating that (a) he or she was made a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was an officer or employee of the corporation, (b) he or she acted in good faith, (c) the conduct in question was carried out in his or her official capacity with the corporation, and (d) his or her conduct was in the corporation's best interests, (2) such person furnishes the corporation with a written undertaking, executed personally, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in the affidavit and (3) such payment or reimbursement is approved in writing by the President or the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, or by a designee of either of them.
Section 8.7. Contract Right. The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and any amendment to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
Section 8.8. Severability. If any provision of this Article or any application thereof shall be invalid, unenforceable or contrary to applicable law, the remainder of this Article, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, unenforceable or contrary to applicable law, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.
ARTICLE IX
BOOKS AND RECORDS
The corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and the board of directors and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.
ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the calendar year.
ARTICLE XI
VOTING OF SHARES OF ANOTHER CORPORATION
Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President of the Corporation, by the Senior Executive Vice President, by an Executive Vice President, or by a Senior Vice President, or by proxy appointment form executed by any of them, unless the directors by resolution shall designate some other person to vote the shares.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS
These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, by the board of directors, subject to the concurrent power of the shareholders, by at least two-thirds affirmative vote of the shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, to alter amend or repeal these bylaws or to adopt new bylaws.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS
(Amendments after April 17, 2001, organized according to the affected article and, within the section for each article, organized chronologically)
Article
|
Text of Bylaw as Amended
|
Date of Amendment
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Article II | The board of directors of this corporation shall consist of seventeen (17) directors. | 12/18/01 | ||
Article II |
|
The board of directors of this corporation shall consist of sixteen (16) directors. |
|
6/18/01 |
Article IV Section 4.22 |
|
Section 4.22. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman shall preside at meetings of the board of directors. In the absence of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, the directors present may select someone from their number to preside. The Chairman shall be ex-officio a member of all committees, except the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee, and the Planning and Nominating Committee. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. |
|
2/19/02 |
Article V Section 5.2 |
|
Section 5.2. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall have direct supervision and management of its affairs and the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the Chief Executive officer of a corporation, subject to the Bylaws and policies of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be ex-officio a member of all committees except the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee, and the Planning and Nominating Committee. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the duties of the Chief Executive Officer Shall be assumed by the President of the Corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors. |
|
2/19/02 |
Exhibit 4.5
AGREEMENT CONCERNING
LITIGATION TRACKING WARRANTS
AND REPLACEMENT WARRANT AGENT
This Agreement Concerning Litigation Tracking Warrants and Replacement Warrant Agent (the "Agreement") dated as of January 4, 2002 is made by and among Washington Mutual, Inc. ("Washington Mutual"), EquiServe Limited Partnership, and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (collectively, "EquiServe"), and Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company ("Mellon") in connection with the merger (the "Merger") of Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime") with and into Washington Mutual pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") by and between Dime and Washington Mutual) dated as of June 25, 2001.
WHEREAS, EquiServe Limited Partnership, EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. and Dime are party to a Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement") dated as of December 21, 2000, pursuant to which EquiServe serves as the Warrant Agent.
WHEREAS, the Merger will constitute a Combination.
WHEREAS, the separate corporate existence of Dime will cease upon the effective time of the Merger and as a result of the Merger Washington Mutual will become Dime's Successor Company.
WHEREAS, Section 4.2 of the Warrant Agreement sets forth the rights of the Holders of Dime's Litigation Tracking Warrants in the event of a Combination.
WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire that at the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") Mellon shall replace EquiServe as the Warrant Agent.
THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of Washington Mutual, EquiServe Limited Partnership, EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. and Mellon has caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | ||||
By: |
/s/
FAY L. CHAPMAN
Name: Fay L. Chapman Title: Senior Executive Vice President |
|||
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC |
|
|
||
By: |
/s/
U. JULIE ROH
Name: U. Julie Roh Title: Assistant Vice President |
|||
EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. |
|
|
||
By: |
/s/
KATHERINE ANDERSON
Name: Katherine Anderson Title: Managing Director |
|||
EQUISERVE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP |
|
|
||
By: |
/s/
KATHERINE ANDERSON
Name: Katherine Anderson Title: Managing Director |
3
Exhibit 10.6.2
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF FEBRUARY 15, 2000
Article 6 of the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan, Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000, is hereby amended by adding a new section at the end thereof to read as follows, effective April 17, 2001:
6.6 Deferral of Stock Option Gain . The Committee may authorize, in its discretion, a Participant who exercises a Nonqualified Option to defer the taxable income attributable to such exercise. To the extent the Committee elects to permit such deferrals, the Committee shall identify the Participants to whom such deferral elections shall be made available and establish administrative procedures under this Plan or another Company plan for implementing such deferrals. A Participant who makes a deferral under this Section 6.6 may also be credited with deemed dividends under this Plan on such terms as the Committee shall prescribe. All deferrals and any deemed dividends under this Section 6.6 shall be distributed to Participants in the form of Stock.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Washington Mutual, Inc. has caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed on the 17th day of April, 2001.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | ||
|
|
By: /s/ Daryl D. David Its: Executive Vice President |
WASHINGTON MUTUAL EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
As Amended and Restated as of January 16, 2001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
i
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES |
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
ii
WASHINGTON MUTUAL EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
As Amended and Restated as of January 16, 2001
ARTICLE 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company, to provide a performance incentive and to align the interests of the Participants with the interests of the Company, its Affiliates and its shareholders through increased stock ownership by the Participants. It is intended that Participants may acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company and that Participant employees will be encouraged to remain in the employ of the Company or of its Affiliates.
The Plan was established January 1, 1986 as the WM Financial, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan. Washington Mutual Savings Bank, the prior Plan sponsor, amended the Plan by a First Amendment, effective as of July 1, 1987, a Second Amendment, effective as of March 31, 1988, a Third Amendment, effective as of June 30, 1991, a Fourth Amendment, effective as of June 18, 1991, and a Fifth Amendment, effective as of October 20, 1992.
By action of the respective boards of directors of Washington Mutual Savings Bank and the Company, the Company became the sponsor of the Plan, effective November 29, 1994, after which the Company adopted an amendment and restatement of the Plan, effective November 29, 1994, that incorporated all material provisions of the Plan prior to such date and amended the Plan in certain respects.
The Company amended and restated the Plan, effective February 18, 1997, and amended the Amended and Restated Plan twice in 1999. The Company amended and restated the Plan effective January 18, 2000. Finally, the Plan was amended by action of the Board of Directors on January 16, 2001, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company.
The Board approved this restatement of the Plan to incorporate all such amendments.
2.1 Affiliate . A parent corporation, as defined in section 424(e) of the Code, or subsidiary corporation, as defined in section 424(f) of the Code, of the Company.
2.2 Agreement . A written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between the Company or an Affiliate and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of an Award granted to such Participant.
2.3 Award . An award under the Plan that is expressed as a stated number of whole shares of Restricted Stock or denominated in Stock Units. An Award shall be subject to the terms of an Agreement.
2.4 Board . The board of directors of the Company.
2.5 Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.6 Committee . A committee composed of two or more members of the Board who are not officers or employees of the Company or an Affiliate, who are otherwise qualified as Non-Employee Directors as defined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) of the Exchange Act, and who qualify as outside directors as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.
2.7 Company . Washington Mutual, Inc., successor to Washington Mutual Savings Bank as Plan sponsor, and its successors.
2.8 Exchange Act . The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
2.9 Grant Date . The date that an Award is granted to a Participant hereunder.
2.10 Participant . A person who is granted an Award hereunder. Members of the Board, and employees, consultants and advisors of the Company or of an Affiliate, are the only persons who are eligible to be Participants.
2.11 Plan . The Washington Mutual Equity Incentive Plan, as embodied herein and as amended from time to time, and including all predecessor versions of the Plan.
2.12 Restricted Stock . Stock that is awarded subject to restrictions hereunder and has not become Unrestricted Stock in accordance with Article 6.
2.13 Stock . The common stock of the Company.
2.14 Stock Units . An Award denominated in units of Stock that have not vested in accordance with the terms of the Award.
2.15 Unrestricted Stock . Shares of Stock granted under the Plan that are no longer subject to restrictions that constitute a substantial risk of forfeiture, in accordance with Article 6, or shares of Stock paid in respect of the vesting of an Award of Stock Units.
3.1 Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Committee to administer the Plan shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Agreement or Award. The Company shall bear all expenses of Plan administration.
3.2 Authority to Grant Awards . The Committee shall have authority to grant Awards upon such terms as the Committee deems appropriate and that are not inconsistent with the provisions of Articles 4 and 5 of the Plan. Such terms may include restrictions on the transfer of all or any portion of the Stock or Stock Units granted under an Award.
2
3.3 Participants Accounts . The Committee shall establish and maintain adequate records to disclose the names of the Participants and their respective Awards, the restrictions thereon, the stock certificates related thereto, any dividends or distributions payable or paid thereon, any votes taken with respect thereto, and such other matters as may be relevant to the proper administration of the Plan.
(a) Dividends and Distributions . All cash dividends and other cash distributions paid in respect of an Award shall be credited to the account of the Participant and invested in Stock or Stock Units pursuant to the terms of the Companys general dividend reinvestment program for shareholders of the Company. All such amounts and their proceeds shall be subject to the same restrictions on the same basis as the underlying Restricted Stock or Stock Units and shall be treated as Restricted Stock or Stock Units for all purposes under the Plan.
(b) Forfeitures . Upon the occurrence of a forfeiture hereunder, all shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units subject to an Award (including any Restricted Stock or Stock Units purchased with dividends paid on the underlying Restricted Stock or Stock Units) shall be retained by the Company or cancelled, as appropriate.
3.4 Transfer of Unrestricted Stock . The Company shall generally transfer Unrestricted Stock to the Participant at an administratively feasible time after the lapse of restrictions hereunder on an Award of Restricted Stock or the vesting of an Award of Stock Units. Any fractional shares of Unrestricted Stock shall be paid to the Participant in cash.
(a) Termination of Employment . Upon the termination of employment for any reason of a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including upon the Participants death), or upon such a Participants retirement or permanent and total disability, the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or his personal representative) all Unrestricted Stock held for his account.
(b) Death of Participant . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his beneficiary or beneficiaries (both principal as well as contingent) to whom all amounts that are otherwise due hereunder after termination of employment shall be paid upon his death. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participants lifetime on a form acceptable to the Committee.
(1) If the Participant is married as of the date of filing a beneficiary designation and names a principal beneficiary other than his spouse, such designation shall not be effective unless the spouse consents to the beneficiary designation in writing, witnessed by a notary public.
(2) The filing of a new beneficiary designation form as provided herein shall cancel all beneficiary designations previously filed. Any finalized divorce or marriage (other than a common law marriage) of a Participant subsequent to the date of filing a beneficiary designation form, which divorce or marriage is
3
communicated to the Committee in writing, shall revoke any prior designation. As used herein divorce includes a dissolution of a marriage or an annulment of a marriage.
(3) If all designated beneficiaries predecease a Participant or die prior to complete distribution, the Committee shall make distributions to the Participants personal representative or executor. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary as provided above, the Committee shall make distributions to the Participants personal representative or executor.
3.5 Discretionary Authority of Committee . The Committee shall have full discretionary power, subject to, and within the limits of, Articles 4 and 5 of the Plan:
(a) To determine from time to time who of the eligible persons shall be granted Awards, and the time or times when, and the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units for which, an Award or Awards shall be granted to such persons.
(b) To prescribe the other terms and provisions (which need not be identical) of each Award granted under the Plan to eligible persons.
(c) To modify or amend any term or provision of any Award granted under the Plan (including without limitation in the ways described in Sections 3.5 (f), (g) and (h) below), provided that the consent of the holder thereof must be obtained for any modification or amendment that reduces the benefits to the holder of the Award.
(d) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted hereunder, and to establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for administration. The Committee, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect or supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in any Award or Agreement, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective. In exercising this power the Committee may retain counsel at the expense of the Company. All decisions and determinations by the Committee in exercising this power shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Participants.
(e) To determine the duration and purposes of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting a termination of his or her employment for purposes of the Plan or an Agreement.
(f) To accelerate the time at which the restrictions on Restricted Stock granted under an Award will lapse, or the time at which Stock Units will vest, or otherwise modify the restrictions on Awards in a manner favorable to the Participant.
(g) To determine, for any group or class of Participants, that restrictions on Awards shall lapse upon specified events occurring upon or after a change in control of the Company or an Affiliate, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee may determine.
4
(h) To waive or modify the application of Section 6.2 (forfeiture of Restricted Stock or Stock Units upon termination of employment) as to any Award, in whole or in part.
(i) To authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award previously granted hereunder.
(j) To interpret the Plan and make any determinations that are necessary or desirable in the administration of the Plan.
(k) To exercise such powers and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.
3.6 Persons Subject to Section 162(m) . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict, limit or condition the use of certain provisions of the Plan by Participants who are officers subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Participants.
3.7 Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in Section 6.1, each Participant shall have, with respect to Restricted Stock, all the rights of a shareholder of Stock including the right to vote the shares.
ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS ON GRANTS
4.1 Participation . The Committee may from time to time designate persons to whom Awards are to be granted from among those who are eligible to become Participants. Such designation shall specify the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units subject to each Award. All Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Agreements which shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Plan or such other provisions as the Committee may adopt that are not inconsistent with the Plan.
4.2 Limitations on Grants . Awards may be granted only to persons who are eligible to be Participants. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Participant in any calendar year under the Plan is 225,000. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Restricted Stock subject to restrictions based solely on continuous employment that may be issued under the Plan is 6,000,000.
ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.1 Maximum Number of Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan (including all predecessors of the Plan) is 12, 075,122 shares, subject to adjustments as provided in Article 7 made after January 16, 2001.
5
ARTICLE 6. RESTRICTIONS AND FORFEITURES
6.1 General Restrictions . A Participant shall not be permitted (i) to sell, transfer, pledge (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or assign shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units awarded (or purchased through dividend or distribution reinvestment) under the Plan, (ii) to receive payment of any dividends or distributions made in respect of Awards, or (iii) to receive a stock certificate representing Awards, until, in each case, the restrictions stated in the Participants Agreement lapse.
6.2 Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, upon the termination of employment for any reason of a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate before the Participant has attained age 60 (including termination because of the death or permanent disability of the Participant), all Restricted Stock or Stock Units shall be forfeited without compensation to the Participant, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.
6.3 Retirement . In the event of a Participants retirement from the Company and its Affiliates or a Participants death or permanent disability after the Participant has attained age 60, all remaining restrictions on such Participants Restricted Stock that relate solely to the Participants length of service with the Company or an Affiliate shall automatically be waived. Restrictions not related solely to the Participants length of service with the Company or an Affiliate (such as restrictions tied to the performance of the Company) shall remain in effect unless otherwise determined by the Committee.
6.4 Lapse of Restrictions - General . Each Award of Restricted Stock granted to a Participant shall become Unrestricted Stock according to the terms established by the Committee and specified in the Participants Agreement. The Committee is authorized but not required to subject an Award to the restrictions described in Schedule A or Schedule B below by setting forth this determination in the Participants Agreement.
Schedule A
Years of Continued Employment |
|
Percentage Unrestricted |
|
Less than 1 |
|
0 |
% |
1 but less than 2 |
|
20 |
% |
2 but less than 3 |
|
40 |
% |
3 but less than 4 |
|
60 |
% |
4 but less than 5 |
|
80 |
% |
5 or more |
|
100 |
% |
6
Schedule B
Years of Continued Employment |
|
Percentage Unrestricted |
|
Less than 3 |
|
0 |
% |
3 but less than 4 |
|
33.33 |
% |
4 but less than 5 |
|
66.67 |
% |
5 or more |
|
100 |
% |
For purposes of Schedules A and B, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and stated in the relevant Agreement, a Year of Continued Employment shall be credited to a Participant with respect to each Award on each March 31, beginning in the calendar year that follows the Grant Date of an Award, provided that the Participant has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates since the Grant Date of the Award.
The lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock (including, if applicable, the number of Years of Continued Employment) shall be calculated separately with respect to each Award granted to a Participant.
6.5 Employee Status . As provided in Section 3.5(e), the Committee shall determine the extent to which a leave of absence for military or government service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall be treated as termination or interruption of employment for purposes of determining questions of forfeiture and Years of Continued Employment for purposes of the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock.
6.6 Performance-Based Grants . The Committee may provide in any Award for the restrictions on Restricted Stock to lapse or the Stock Units to vest upon the Companys attainment of performance-based goals established by the Committee. Any such Award may, but need not be, granted under and pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.6. In addition, the Committee may determine that any performance-based Award granted by the Committee before the adoption of the Plan shall be treated as if granted under this Section 6.6, provided that the Award is modified so as to comply with the terms of this Section 6.6.
(a) Intent to Qualify Under Section 162(m) . This Section 6.6 is intended to qualify the Awards granted under it as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. All Awards granted pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be construed in a manner consistent with that intent.
(b) Shareholder Approval . As to Awards granted under this Section 6.6, no restrictions on Awards may lapse or Awards vest until after the material terms of the performance goals set out below are disclosed to and approved by the Companys shareholders. To the extent necessary for Awards under this Section 6.6 to qualify as performancebased compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code under then applicable law, the material terms of the performance goals shall be disclosed to and reapproved by the shareholders no later than the first shareholder meeting that occurs in
7
the fifth year following the year in which shareholders previously approved the performance goals.
(c) Business Criteria on Which Performance Goals Shall be Based . The lapse of restrictions on or vesting of Awards granted under this Section 6.6 shall be based on the Companys attainment of performance goals based on one or more of the following business criteria, where such goals may be stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison companies, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion:
Return on average common shareholders equity.
Return on average equity.
Total shareholder return.
Stock price appreciation.
Efficiency ratio (other expense as a percentage of other income plus net interest income), either before or after amortization of intangible assets (goodwill).
Net operating expense (other income less other expense), either before or after amortization of intangible assets (goodwill).
Earnings per diluted share of common stock.
Operating earnings (earnings before transaction-related expense) per diluted share of common stock, either before or after amortization of intangible assets (goodwill).
Net operating earnings (earnings before transaction-related expense) per diluted share of common stock, either before or after amortization of intangible assets (goodwill).
Return on average assets.
Ratio of nonperforming to performing assets.
Return on an investment in an affiliate.
Net interest income.
Net interest margin.
Ratio of common equity to total assets.
These business criteria shall be construed consistent with the use of the same terms in the Companys published financial statements. All business criteria other than earnings per
8
diluted share of common stock shall exclude transaction-related expense unless otherwise determined by the Committee in selecting the business criteria for a particular Award pursuant to Section 6.6(d) below. In selecting any business criteria other than earnings per diluted share of common stock, the Committee may elect, pursuant to Section 6.6(d) below, to exclude amortization of intangible assets (goodwill), or to exclude depreciation and amortization.
(d) Establishing Performance Goals . The Committee shall establish, for each Award granted under this Section 6.6: (i) the measurement period(s) to which the performance goals will be applied; (ii) the specific business criterion or criteria, or combination thereof, that will be used; (iii) the specific performance targets that will be used for the selected business criterion or criteria; (iv) any special adjustments that will be applied in calculating whether the performance targets have been met to factor out extraordinary items; and (v) the formula for calculating the lapse of restrictions in relation to the performance targets. These determinations shall be set out in the Agreement for each Award. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, each Award under this Section 6.6 shall be granted no later than 90 days after the start of any applicable measurement period, on or before the date that 25 percent of each applicable measurement period has elapsed, and while the outcome is substantially uncertain.
(e) Determination of Attainment of Performance Goals . The Committee shall determine, pursuant to the performance goals and other elements established pursuant to Section 6.6(d) above, whether the criteria for the lapse of restrictions or vesting have been satisfied. The Committees determinations shall be final and binding on all Participants. These determinations must be certified in writing before Stock is transferred to the Participant. This requirement may be satisfied by a writing that sets out the determinations made by the Committee that is signed on behalf of the Committee by the Committees secretary.
(f) Lapse of Restrictions Upon Death, Disability or Change of Ownership or Control . Notwithstanding the other terms of this Section 6.6, the performance-related criteria for the lapse of restrictions on an Award made under this Section 6.6: (i) may lapse (A) as provided in Section 7.3, or (B) upon a Participants disability or upon a change of ownership or control, to the extent so provided in any Agreement, employment agreement or action of the Committee, and (ii) shall lapse upon the Participants death.
(g) Other Restrictions . In addition to the performance goals described above, the Committee may determine to subject any Award granted under this Section 6.6 to other, additional restrictions, including restrictions requiring the Participant to remain in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate for specified lengths of time.
6.7 Surrender of Restricted Stock . A Participant who also is a participant in the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees (the DCP) may surrender to the Company all or a portion of an Award pursuant to
9
the terms and provisions of the DCP relating to surrender of restricted stock in return for a contribution credit under the DCP.
ARTICLE 7. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES
7.1 Adjustments to Shares . The maximum number and kind of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Awards shall be adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:
(a) the Company effects one or more stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, subdivisions, consolidations or other similar events;
(b) the Company or an Affiliate engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies; or
(c) there occurs any other event which in the judgment of the Committee necessitates such action.
Provided, however, that if an event described in paragraph (a) or (b) above occurs, the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits on Awards specified in Section 4.2 and in the limitation on aggregate Awards under Section 5.1 that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.
7.2 Substitution of Awards on Merger or Acquisition . The Committee may grant Awards in substitution for stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies. The terms of such substituted Awards shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject only to the limitations of Article 5.
7.3 Effect of Certain Transactions . Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock (an Event), restrictions on any Award of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall lapse and any Award of Stock Units shall vest, whether or not the requirements for lapse of restrictions or vesting set forth in any Agreement have been satisfied, unless otherwise specifically stated in the Agreement. The foregoing notwithstanding, an Event shall not cause restrictions on Restricted Stock related solely to the Participants length of service with the Company or any Affiliate to lapse on any Awards that the Committee elects, before the Event, to convert into restricted stock of an acquiring corporation. If the Committee so elects to convert the Awards, the number of shares of such converted restricted stock shall be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Awards granted hereunder in the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of stock of the acquiring corporation the holders of the Stock receive in such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation or reorganization, and the schedule for lapse of restrictions set forth in the Agreement shall continue
10
to apply to the converted restricted stock. Nothing in this Section 7.3 or elsewhere in the Plan shall authorize the Committee to take any action contrary to any provision regarding lapse of restrictions that is contained in any Agreement or employment agreement if the action would reduce the benefits to the Participant, unless the Participant consents to the action.
7.4 No Preemptive Rights . The issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards.
ARTICLE 8.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF
REGULATORY BODIES
8.1 General . No Award shall be granted, no Stock shall be issued, and no certificates for shares of Stock shall be delivered under the Plan except in compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules of all national securities exchanges or self-regulatory organizations on which the Companys shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Stock awarded hereunder may bear such legends and statements as the Committee upon advice of counsel may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Award shall be granted, no Stock shall be issued, and no certificate for shares shall be delivered under the Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
8.2 Representations by Participants . As a condition to receiving an Award, the Company may require a Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such award that the shares are being held only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representation is required by any relevant provision of the laws referred to in Section 8.1. At the option of the Company, a stop transfer order against any shares of Stock may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the Stock may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) and stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation may be stamped on the stock certificate in order to assure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal and state securities laws. This provision shall not obligate the Company or any Affiliate to undertake registration of Stock hereunder.
9.1 Immediate Taxation . If an employee elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the fair
11
market value of Restricted Stock subject to an Award, the employee shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay to the Company or its Affiliate any federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Stock. If an employee who makes such an election fails to pay the necessary amounts to the Company or its Affiliate, the Company or its Affiliate shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the employee any taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Stock covered by the Award.
9.2 Deferred Taxation . If an election under Section 83(b) of the Code has not been made, then at the time Restricted Stock becomes Unrestricted Stock or an Award otherwise becomes taxable, the Participant shall, upon notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the certificates representing the shares of Stock to which the Participant is entitled hereunder, pay to the Company or its Affiliate amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements or shall otherwise make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such requirements. The Company or its Affiliate shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the employee any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock becoming Unrestricted Stock or an Award otherwise becoming taxable.
ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS
10.1 Effect on Employment . Neither the adoption of the Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to the Plan (or any part thereof) shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
10.2 Unfunded Plan . The Plan shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under the Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under the Plan shall be based solely upon contractual obligations that may be created hereunder. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.
10.3 Rules of Construction . Headings are given to the articles and sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The masculine gender when used herein refers to both masculine and feminine. The reference to any statute, regulation or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.
10.4 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Washington shall apply to all matters arising under the Plan, to the extent that federal law does not apply.
10.5 Compliance With Section 16 of the Exchange Act . With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under the Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the
12
extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.
10.6 Amendment . The Committee may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, an amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights of a Participant under an outstanding Award is not valid with respect to such Award without the Participants consent. Provided further that the shareholders of the Company must approve any amendment that changes the number of shares in the aggregate which may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the maximum number of shares with respect to which any Participant may be granted Awards in any calendar year, or the maximum number of shares that may be granted as Awards of Restricted Stock that are subject to restrictions based solely on continuous employment, except pursuant to Article 7.
10.7 Effective Date of Plan . No Award under the terms of the Plan as amended and restated as of January 16, 2001, will be effective unless and until the amendments approved by the Board on January 16, 2001, are approved by shareholders holding a majority of the Companys outstanding voting stock present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Companys next annual shareholders meeting, which is duly held, that occurs after January 16, 2001, the date that the Board authorized the Company to adopt the amendments to the Plan which are being submitted to the shareholders in such annual shareholders meeting. If such amendments are not so approved by the shareholders of the Company, then the Plan as amended and restated as of January 16, 2001 shall be of no force or effect and the Plan as amended and restated as of January 18, 2000 shall continue to govern.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on this the __ day of ___, 2001, but to be effective on January 16, 2001.
|
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. |
|||
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Its: |
|
|
|
13
AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL
EMPLOYEES' STOCK PURCHASE
THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual Employees' Stock Purchase Program (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 19th day of February, 2002.
WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to certain assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"); and
WHEREAS , the Company agreed to provide certain past service credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan to employees of HomeSide and its affiliates and subsidiaries who are hired in connection the acquisition of certain assets of HomeSide; and
WHEREAS , the Company may amend the Plan;
NOW , THEREFORE , effective as of March 1, 2002, Section 2.1(e) of the Plan is amended by the addition of the following sentence:
Effective July 1, 2002, for purposes of this Section 2.1(e), an Employee who was an employee of HomeSide Lending, Inc. or its affiliates and subsidiaries, immediately before becoming an Employee and who was hired by the Company in connection with its acquisition of certain assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc., shall be credited with service for HomeSide Lending, Inc., or its affiliates and subsidiaries.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, an authorized officer of the Company, has executed this amendment on the day and year first written above.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | |||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|||
Its: | |||
|
EXHIBIT 10.9.5
AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
THIS AMENDMENT to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan (the "RSIP") is made by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 19 th day of February 2002.
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the RSIP for the benefit of its eligible employees; and
WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to acquire certain assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"); and
WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to provide the former employees of HomeSide and its affiliates and subsidiaries who continue employment with the Company at the end of the lease period with certain credits for eligibility and vesting service under the RSIP; and
WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the RSIP to provide for such credits; and
WHEREAS , the Company may amend the RSIP at any time pursuant to Article XV thereof;
NOW, THEREFORE , effective March 1, 2002, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
Effective January 1, 1987, individuals who are both Employees and who are employed by an entity that is not an Employer or Related Employer and who are not directly compensated by an Employer shall not be Eligible Employees, including but not limited to Employees of Murphy Favre, Inc. who are also employed by and located in any office of First Federal Savings Bank of Idaho or Dollar Dry Dock Savings Bank of New York, and effective March 1, 2002, Employees of Washington Mutual, Inc. or its affiliates or subsidiaries who are also employed by HomeSide Lending, Inc. and any of its affiliates and subsidiaries as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, an authorized officer of the Company, has executed this amendment on the day and year first written above.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | |||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|||
Its: | |||
|
1
EXHIBIT 10.13.4
AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN
THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 19th day of February 2002.
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees; and
WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to acquire certain assets from HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"); and
WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to provide the former employees of HomeSide who continue employment with the Company upon the termination of the lease period with certain credits for eligibility, vesting and benefit service; and
WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide for such credits; and
WHEREAS , the Company may amend the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 12.1;
NOW , THEREFORE , effective March 1, 2002, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
1. Section 2.37(a) is amended by the addition of a new paragraph (28), to read as set forth below:
(28) Effective July 1, 2002, Employees who were employed by HomeSide Lending, Inc. as of June 30, 2002 and who are employed by the Company on July 1, 2002 shall, after June 30, 2002, be credited with Service for service performed with HomeSide Lending, Inc. or its affiliates and subsidiaries, provided that such Employees shall only be credited with such service to the extent that it does not exceed the lesser of their actual service with HomeSide Lending, Inc. and four months.
2. Section 2.37 is amended by the addition of a new subsection (c)(iii) to read as set forth below:
(iii) After June 30, 2002, Employees who are credited with Service pursuant to Section 2.37(a)(28) shall have their service with HomeSide Lending, Inc. and its affiliates credited as Years of Benefit Service for purposes of this Plan, provided that such Employees shall only be credited with such service to the extent that it does not exceed the lesser of their actual service with HomeSide Lending, Inc. and four months.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, an authorized officer of the Company, has executed this amendment on the day and year first written above.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | |||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|||
Its: | |||
|
1
Exhibit 10.14
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
Initially Adopted February 17, 1987
Amended and Restated Effective
April 17, 2001
The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees was initially adopted by Washington Mutual Savings Bank on February 17, 1987, was amended and restated effective January 1, 1988 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 1993. Sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to Washington Mutual, Inc. in 1994 in connection with the corporate reorganization pursuant to which Washington Mutual Savings Bank was merged into Washington Mutual Bank and became a subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc. The Plan was amended and restated in its entirety by Washington Mutual, Inc., generally effective February 1, 1997 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 2000. Effective April 17, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended and restated to provide certain additional investment and deferral provisions with respect to the Participants and to effect certain other changes:
1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1 " Account " means a separate bookkeeping account established for each Participant on the books of the Company that employs the applicable Participant for the purpose of recording amounts of Compensation deferred, Restricted Stock Awards surrendered or Discretionary Company Contributions made by or on behalf of such Participant, and income earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
1.2 " Board " means the Board of Directors of WM, Inc.
1.3 " Annual Bonus " has its usual and ordinary meaning. It is not intended to include commissions or other similar variable compensation, and is not intended to include bonuses for services for less than the full calendar year.
1.4 " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time.
1.5 " Company " means WM, Inc., or any direct or indirect subsidiary of WM, Inc. With respect to any Participant or former Participant, the term "Company" means the Company by whom the Participant is currently employed, or was last employed in the case of a former Participant.
1.6 " Compensation " means salary, Annual Bonus, quarterly or semiannual bonuses, commissions, variable compensation and other direct cash compensation payable by a Company to an Eligible Employee for employment by the Company, and Directors' fees payable by WM, Inc. to its Directors. The term "Compensation" shall not include reimbursement for expenses incurred by the Eligible Employee, or contributions to or benefits accrued under any Retirement Plan. In addition, the term "Compensation" does not include Restricted Stock Awards.
1.7 " Compensation Committee " means the Directors' Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board.
1.8 " Discretionary Company Contributions " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
1.9 " Effective Date " means , 2001, for purposes of this amendment and restatement.
1
1.10 " Eligible Employee " means (a) each Director of WM, Inc., (b) each salaried employee of either WM, Inc. or any banking subsidiary of WM, Inc. who has the following corporate title: Chairman, Vice Chairman, Group President, President, Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, and (c) each salaried employee of a nonbanking subsidiary of WM, Inc. who has the corporate title of President, and each salaried employee of any nonbanking subsidiary of WM, Inc. who has the corporate title of Senior Vice President and who is determined by the Plan Administration Committee, in its discretion, to be eligible to participate under the Plan.
1.11 " ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
1.12 " Nonqualified Stock Options " means those nonqualified stock options of the Company awarded to a Participant pursuant to the Washington Mutual Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan.
1.13 " Participant " means any Eligible Employee who has elected to defer Compensation under the Plan.
1.14 " Plan " means this plan for the deferral of Compensation, as it may be amended from time to time.
1.15 " Plan Administration Committee " or " Committee " means such person or persons appointed under the provisions of Section 6 to administer and interpret the terms of the Plan.
1.16 " Plan Year " means the 12-consecutive-month period commencing each January 1 and ending each December 31.
1.17 " Pre-Existing Plan " means the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.
1.18 " Qualifying Gain " means the net shares accrued on behalf of a Participant upon his or her exercise of Nonqualified Stock Options using the stock-for-stock cashless payment method set forth in Section 2.4.
1.19 " Qualifying Gain Account " means a separate bookkeeping account established for the Participant on the books of each Company that employs such Participant for purposes of accounting for any Qualifying Gain deferred by such Participant, and phantom dividend equivalent units earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Any Qualifying Gain that is deferred and held in this account shall be converted to phantom stock units equal to the Qualifying Gain. Any phantom dividend equivalent units credited to this account shall be converted to phantom stock units in accordance with Section 4.3(c).
1.20 " Retirement Plan " means any defined benefit or defined contribution plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, and which is sponsored by one or more Companies.
1.21 " Restricted Stock Award " means an award of stock of WM, Inc. made to a Participant pursuant to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan.
1.22 " Termination Date " means the date on which an Eligible Employee ceases to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason.
1.23 " WM, Inc. " means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.
2. DEFERRAL ELECTION AND DISCRETIONARY COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.
2.1 Election to Defer Compensation .
(a) Any Eligible Employee may elect at any time on or prior to 15 days preceding the first day of any calendar quarter to defer the receipt of all or any portion of his or her Compensation
2
for services to be rendered in the immediately following calendar quarter or quarters (not including any Annual Bonus). In the case of a bonus determined on less than an annual basis (e.g., a quarterly or semiannual bonus), the deferral election must be made on or prior to 15 days preceding the first day of the first calendar quarter in which any services will be rendered that relate, in whole or in part, to the bonus in question.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.1 to the contrary, any amount to be deferred under the Plan shall not reduce the current Compensation of the Participant below the total amount that is to be withheld from the Participant's Compensation pursuant to a requirement of law or pursuant to an elected optional payroll deduction.
(c) The parties hereto understand that the Plan does not determine or affect any Participant's entitlement to any bonus. Accordingly, in the event that a Participant elects to defer a percentage of any potential bonus that is not ultimately awarded, such election shall be null and void.
2.2 Election to Defer Annual Bonus .
(a) Each Eligible Employee may elect to defer a certain percentage amount, up to 100%, of any Annual Bonus that may be awarded by the Company. Each such election must be made on or before December 31 of the calendar year preceding the Plan Year in respect to which the Annual Bonus may be awarded. For example, for an Annual Bonus for services rendered during the Plan Year 2001, any Annual Bonus deferral election must be made by December 31, 2000.
(b) The parties hereto understand that the Plan does not determine or affect any Participant's entitlement to any Annual Bonus. Accordingly, in the event that a Participant elects to defer a percentage of his or her potential Annual Bonus that is not ultimately awarded, such election shall be null and void.
2.3 Election of Deferral Credit in Exchange for Restricted Stock Award .
(a) Each Eligible Employee may elect to surrender all or a portion of any Restricted Stock Award, in whole shares, in exchange for a credit to such Eligible Employee's Account, determined as set forth in Section 4.2(c).
(b) An election pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be made at least six months before the date on which the restrictions with respect to the subject Restricted Stock Award lapse, and otherwise shall comply with Section 2.5.
2.4 Election of Qualifying Gain Deferral .
(a) Each Eligible Employee may elect to defer all Qualifying Gain derived from a specific grant of Nonqualified Stock Options in exchange for a credit to such Eligible Employee's Qualifying Gain Account, in accordance with Section 4.2(d), if (i) an irrevocable deferral election is completed and signed by such Eligible Employee, (ii) such deferral election is delivered to and accepted by the Committee at least six months before the date on which such Eligible Employee elects to exercise Nonqualified Stock Options (the "Exercised Options"), (iii) such Eligible Employee pays, through an attestation acceptable to the Committee, the exercise price in shares of WM, Inc. common stock that the Participant owns and has owned continuously for the six-month period ending on the date of exercise (the "Mature Shares"), and (iv) such Eligible Employee complies with all other rules the Committee may establish from time to time. A deferral of Qualifying Gain under this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to be (A) a tender of Mature Shares in exchange for an equivalent number of shares pursuant to the exercise of Nonqualified Stock Options and (B) a conversion of the Participant's right to receive any additional shares related to the Exercised Options into a right to receive deferred compensation pursuant to the Plan. A deferral election under this Section 2.4 shall expire at any time elected by a Participant therein and
3
shall automatically be revoked upon a Participant's termination of employment or in the event of a change in control or at any other time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
(b) The Plan governs the deferral of Qualifying Gain. The underlying Nonqualified Stock Options are governed by the stock option plan under which they were granted. No stock options or shares of WM, Inc. common stock are authorized to be issued under the Plan.
2.5 Form and Manner of Election . Any election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 shall be made in writing and in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Committee. The election shall specify such items as the Committee shall reasonably require, including but not limited to:
(a) (1) With respect to an election made pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the amount to be deferred, either as a specific dollar amount or as a percentage of Compensation. Each election of a dollar amount shall be not less than $300 for each calendar quarter. Each election of a percentage amount shall be not less than 15% of Compensation for each calendar quarter; provided, however, that an election under Section 2.2 with respect to any Annual Bonus that may be granted by the Company shall be only in such percentage amount as determined by the Participant;
(2) With respect to an election made pursuant to Section 2.3, which Restricted Stock Award or portion thereof, and the number of whole shares of the Restricted Stock Award that are to be surrendered; and
(3) With respect to a deferral election made pursuant to Section 2.4, the identity of the Nonqualified Stock Option grant that is subject to the election, the grant date, the exercise price, the expiration date (if any) of the deferral election and the date of payment commencement under Section 2.8;
(b) One of the applicable payment options designated under Section 2.7, unless an option has previously been designated (including any designation under the Pre-Existing Plan), in which event the election need include such a designation only if a change from the existing designated payment option is desired;
(c) A payment commencement date as specified under Section 2.8, unless a payment commencement date has previously been designated (including any designation under the Pre-Existing Plan), in which event the election need include such a designation only if a change from the existing designated commencement date is desired;
(d) A designated beneficiary or beneficiaries as provided in Section 3; and
(e) A method for determining additional credits pursuant to Section 4.3.
2.6 Discretionary Company Contribution . In its sole discretion, and for the purpose of attracting or retaining highly qualified employees, the Compensation Committee may credit an Eligible Employee's account with a contribution known as a Discretionary Company Contribution. Any Discretionary Company Contribution made on behalf of an Eligible Employee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be credited to the Eligible Employee's Account as of a date determined by the Compensation Committee and may be subject to such other terms and conditions, including provisions regarding vesting, that are set forth in an individual agreement between the Participant and the Plan Administration Committee setting forth such terms and conditions.
2.7 Payment Options . At the time of making an election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within 30 days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, the Participant shall specify one of the following payment options:
(a) Payment of the entire Account balance attributable to such deferral or credit in a single lump sum payment.
4
(b) Payment of the Account balance attributable to such deferral or credit in monthly installments over a period certain not to exceed 10 years, with each installment to be an amount equal to the Account balance as of the date of payment divided by the number of installments remaining to be paid, including the current installment; provided, however, that no monthly installment may be less than $300.
If a Participant fails to specify a payment option described above, option (a) shall apply. If a Participant designates different payment options at different times, the last payment option elected shall apply (including any last election under the Pre-Existing Plan).
All payments from a Participant's Account shall be in cash. All payments from a Participant's Qualifying Gain Account shall be in the form of whole shares of WM, Inc. common stock equal to the number of phantom stock units held in such Account, rounded down to the nearest whole unit, such shares to be paid from the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended. For purposes of this Section 2.7, all references to "Account" shall be deemed to include a Participant's Qualifying Gain Account.
2.8 Commencement of Payment . At the time of making a deferral election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within 30 days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, the Participant shall irrevocably specify the date for the commencement of payment of the Compensation deferred pursuant to that election or contribution. If a Participant fails to specify a payment date, payment shall be made or commenced, as the case may be, on the first day of the month immediately following such Participant's Termination Date. A Participant may designate different payment commencement dates to apply to separate deferral elections or contributions. A payment date may be a date certain, or may be a date related to an employment event such as the date of termination of employment or retirement, or may be a date related to any other objectively determined event acceptable to the Plan Administration Committee. The payment commencement date may not be modified with respect to deferrals or contributions elected at the time the payment commencement date is designated. Subsequent deferral elections may specify a different payment commencement date for those deferrals or contributions.
2.9 Modification of Election .
(a) A Participant's election under Section 2.1 shall continue from calendar quarter to calendar quarter until the election is terminated pursuant to Section 2.10, or the election is modified; provided that an election modification must be made at least 15 days prior to the first day of such calendar quarter; and provided further that if an election has been made to defer compensation that is for services to be rendered during more than one calendar quarter (e.g., a semiannual bonus), any modification of that election must be made at least 15 days prior to the first day of the first calendar quarter in which any services are to be rendered that relate, in whole or in part, to the element of Compensation that was deferred. A Participant's election under Section 2.2 is effective only for the Plan Year for which the election is made. Any modification of such election must be made prior to January 1 of the Plan Year for which the Annual Bonus may be awarded. An election pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.4 is irrevocable.
(b) Payment options may be modified at any time more than 30 days prior to the Participant's payment commencement date. As provided in Section 3, Beneficiary designations may be modified at any time. Payment commencement dates may not be modified. Any modification of an election pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall be ineffective unless it is made in writing and is timely delivered to the Plan Administration Committee, in such form as shall be reasonably required by the Committee.
2.10 Termination of Election . A Participant's deferral election under Section 2.1 shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the date on which
5
the Plan Administration Committee receives from such Participant written notice stating that his or her election is terminated (provided that if an election has been made to defer compensation that is for services to be rendered during more than one calendar quarter (e.g., a semiannual bonus), any termination of that election must be done at least 15 days prior to the first day of the first calendar quarter in which any services are to be rendered that relate, in whole or in part, to the element of Compensation that was deferred); (b) such Participant's Termination Date; or (c) termination of the Plan. In the event of a voluntary termination of an election by the Participant pursuant to clause (a) above, the Participant may not defer additional amounts until a timely election is made to defer Compensation that is payable in a subsequent calendar quarter, as provided in Section 2.1.
3. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.
3.1 Designation of Beneficiary . At the time of making an election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within 30 days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, a Participant shall designate a person or persons as the Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to complete distribution of such Participant's Account balance under the Plan. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Plan Administration Committee during the Participant's lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. Such payments shall be made to the primary beneficiary if such person survives the Participant. If not, such payments shall be made to the secondary beneficiary if such person survives the Participant, and if not, then payments will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3. If a beneficiary dies at a time such beneficiary is entitled to receive payments hereunder, the remaining payments shall be made to such beneficiary's estate, as provided in Section 3.4.
3.2 Filing New Designation . The filing of a new beneficiary designation form will cancel all beneficiary designations previously filed. Any finalized divorce, dissolution or annulment of marriage or any new marriage of a Participant subsequent to the date of filing of a beneficiary designation form shall revoke such designation.
3.3 Failure to Designate . If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if a Participant's beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce, dissolution, annulment or otherwise without execution of a new designation; or if all designated beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant's benefits hereunder; then, the Plan Administration Committee shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant's estate.
3.4 Death of Beneficiary . At the death of the beneficiary who is entitled to receive payments hereunder, the balance (if any) then remaining in the Participant's Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary's estate. Such payment shall completely discharge the Company's obligations under the Plan.
3.5 Change of Beneficiary . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant at any time by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee.
4. ACCOUNTS.
4.1 Separate Accounts . The Plan Administration Committee shall establish a separate Account for each Participant, to which it will credit each amount required to be credited hereunder. The Account thus established shall be a bookkeeping Account, and shall not grant to any Participant any security interest or other prior right in any assets of the Company by reason of such credits.
6
4.2 Timing of Credit .
(a) Subject to Section 5.2(c), as of the first day of each month, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to each Participant's Account that portion of such Participant's regular monthly Compensation earned during the immediately preceding month for which a deferral election under Section 2.1 is in effect.
(b) Subject to Section 5.2(c), with respect to each deferral election under Section 2.1 or 2.2 that defers any bonus, commission, variable compensation or other element of Compensation that is not regular monthly compensation, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to each Participant's Account the amount of the deferral election as of the date the bonus, commission, variable compensation or other Compensation, if any, is awarded by the Company to the Participant.
(c) Subject to Section 5.2(c), with respect to any deferral election made by a Participant under Section 2.3 (relating to restricted stock), the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to the Participant's Account the amount of the value of the surrendered Restricted Stock Award as of the date the restrictions lapse. The value of such Restricted Stock Award shall be the number of shares of Restricted Stock surrendered to the Company multiplied by the closing price of such shares of stock as of the date the restrictions on such stock otherwise would have lapsed pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award. For these purposes, the closing price shall be the closing price of the common stock of WM, Inc. on the New York Stock Exchange, or on such other national securities exchange or national securities association on which such stock is then traded.
(d) Subject to Section 5.2(c), with respect to any deferral election made under Section 2.4 (relating to Qualifying Gain deferral), the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to the Participant's Qualifying Gain Account a number of phantom stock units equal to the value of deferred Qualifying Gain divided by the closing price of WM, Inc. common stock on the effective date of the Qualifying Gain deferral. For these purposes, the closing price shall be the closing price of the common stock of WM, Inc. on the New York Stock Exchange, or on such other national securities exchange or national securities association on which such stock is then traded.
(e) Subject to Section 5.2(c), with respect to any Discretionary Company Contribution made with respect to a Participant under Section 2.6, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to the Participant the amount of each contribution as of the date specified by the Compensation Committee.
4.3 Additional Credits .
(a) Each Participant's Account shall be credited with additional amounts pursuant to the "Interest Method" set forth in Section 4.3(b)(1) or the "Stock Fund Method" set forth in Section 4.3(b)(2). The method of crediting shall be elected in writing by the Participant pursuant to procedures established by the Plan Administration Committee. Such election also may be modified from time to time effective as of the first day of a calendar quarter pursuant to such procedures. A Participant may elect the Interest Method with respect to a portion of his or her Account and the Stock Fund Method with respect to the remainder of the Account. However, no method can be elected by a Participant unless at least 10% of the Participant's Account is allocated to such method. Portions of an Account for which there is no effective election shall be credited pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(1).
(b) (1) With respect to the portion of a Participant's Account credited pursuant to the Interest Method, as of the first day of each calendar quarter, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit to the Participant's Account interest on the average daily balance of such Account subject to the Interest Method during the immediately preceding calendar quarter, using the actual
7
number of days in such preceding calendar quarter, at the interest rate in effect for such preceding calendar quarter. The applicable interest rate shall be determined as follows:
As of January 1 of each year, commencing with the Effective Date, the Plan Administration Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish the applicable interest rate for the then commencing Plan Year by reference to the interest rate that the Committee determines could be applicable as of such date to any unsecured junior debt offering by Washington Mutual Bank or by a comparable financial institution or public corporation. Such determination will be made by the Committee, which shall request an estimate of such debt offering interest rate from at least one nationally recognized investment banking firm. The interest rate so determined will be set forth in writing and kept with the Plan records.
(2) With respect to the portion of a Participant's Account credited pursuant to the Stock Fund Method, as of the first day of any calendar quarter, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit or debit such Account to reflect the rate of return that would have been earned on such portion of the Participant's Account had such portion been invested in the Company stock fund under the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan during the previous calendar quarter. The foregoing notwithstanding, if, as of the first day of a calendar quarter, the value of the WM, Inc. common stock in the Company stock fund under the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan comprises less than 70% of the total value of such fund, the Plan Administration Committee shall credit or debit the portion of the Participant's Account allocated to the Stock Fund Method for the prior calendar quarter as if such portion had been invested in whole or partial shares of such common stock and received any dividends paid on such common stock.
(c) Each Participant's Qualifying Gain Account shall be credited with phantom dividend equivalent units equal to the product of the dividend paid on a share of WM, Inc. common stock multiplied by the number of phantom stock units held in the Participant's Qualifying Gain Account on the record date for the cash dividend. Phantom dividend equivalent units credited to each Participant's Qualifying Gain Account shall be used to "purchase" additional phantom stock units for such Account at a price equal to the closing price of the WM, Inc. common stock on the date such phantom dividend equivalent units are so credited. No fractional phantom stock units shall be credited based on this "purchase."
5. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE.
5.1 Payment Method. The Company shall pay the Participant's Account balance under the Plan to such Participant in accordance with the payment option designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 2.7. In the event of the death of the Participant prior to payment of the entire Account balance, payment shall be made to such Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries designated under Section 3 in accordance with the payment method designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 2, or in accordance with any accelerated method (including lump sum) as the Plan Administration Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.
5.2 Withholding and Offset .
(a) Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced by any amount required to be withheld by the Company under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or other requirement, now or hereafter in effect, of any governmental authority.
(b) If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time such Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owing it against the
8
amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made by the Plan Administration Committee.
(c) If any tax withholding is required with respect to Compensation deferred hereunder, a deferral credit with respect to surrendered restricted stock or a Discretionary Company Contribution, the Company shall withhold such amounts as are required from Compensation paid to the Participant that is not deferred; provided that if there is insufficient nondeferred Compensation to allow for the required withholding, the withholding shall be taken from the deferred Compensation and the Participant's credit under Section 4.2 shall be reduced accordingly.
5.3 Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency . A Participant shall not be entitled to withdraw any portion of the balance of his or her Account except that, in cases of an unforeseeable emergency, the Plan Administration Committee may authorize, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis and taking into account other resources reasonably available to the Participant, payment of so much of the Participant's Account as is required to meet the need created by the emergency. For the purposes hereof, an "unforeseeable emergency" is an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary and that would result in severe financial hardship to the individual if early withdrawal were not permitted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an unforeseeable emergency shall include a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Code § 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant's control. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend on the facts of each case, as determined by the Plan Administration Committee in its sole discretion, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved:
(a) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;
(b) by liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or
(c) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
For the purposes hereof, examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies shall include the need to send a Participant's child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
5.4 Limitation on Liability . The Company's maximum liability to make payments hereunder is limited to the amount of the Participant's Account (including the interest thereon pursuant to Section 4.3).
6. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
The Compensation Committee shall from time to time appoint a committee, which shall be designated the Plan Administration Committee, to administer the Plan. The Compensation Committee may fix or change the number of members of the Committee at any time at its discretion. Each member of the Plan Administration Committee shall serve until such member resigns or becomes unable to serve due to death or disability or until such member is removed by the Compensation Committee. The Plan Administration Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan and for that purpose may make, amend or revoke rules and regulations at any time. The Committee also shall make determinations about benefits hereunder. All decisions of the Plan Administration Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members eligible to vote on a particular matter, and shall be final and binding on all parties. The Plan Administration Committee shall have absolute discretion to carry out its responsibilities hereunder. Members of the Plan Administration Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as a member of the Committee; provided , however , that no member
9
shall be entitled to vote or take any other action as part of the Committee with respect to such member's benefits or any other matter affecting such member's rights as a Participant under the Plan.
7. CLAIMS PROCEDURE.
7.1 Claims Procedure . Any person desiring a benefit under, interpretation or construction of, ruling under or information regarding the Plan shall submit a written request therefor to the Plan Administration Committee. The Committee shall respond in writing to any such request as soon as practicable. Any interpretation or construction of, and any ruling under, the Plan by the Plan Administration Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
7.2 Denial of Claim . If a claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administration Committee shall notify the claimant of such denial and of his or her right to a conference with an individual designated in the notice for the purpose of explaining the denial. If the claimant does not want such a conference, or is dissatisfied with its outcome, he or she shall be furnished in writing, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, specific reasons for such denial, specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material necessary for him or her to perfect his or her claim, an explanation of why such material is necessary, and an explanation of the Plan's review procedure as described in Section 7.3.
7.3 Review Procedure . Any person, or his or her duly authorized representative, whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied in whole or in part, may appeal from such denial to the Plan Administration Committee by submitting to the Committee a written request for review within 75 days after receiving notice of denial. The Plan Administration Committee shall give the claimant an opportunity to review pertinent documents relating to the denial in preparing his or her request for review. The request must set forth all the grounds upon which it is based, supporting facts and documents, and any other matters that the claimant deems pertinent, and the relief sought. The Committee may require the claimant to submit such additional facts, documents or other material as it deems necessary or advisable in making its review. The Plan Administration Committee shall act upon a request for review within 60 days after receipt thereof unless special circumstances require further time, but in no event later than 120 days after such receipt. If the Plan Administration Committee confirms the denial in whole or in part, the Committee shall give written notice to the claimant setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for denial and specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision was based. The determination of the Plan Administration Committee upon such review shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding on the claimant and all persons claimed by, through or under him or her, subject, however, to any right of appeal under applicable law.
8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.
8.1 Amendment . The Compensation Committee may at any time amend the Plan, provided that no amendment shall deny or reduce any amounts previously credited to any Participant's Account.
8.2 Termination .
(a) The Compensation Committee may at any time terminate the Plan, if in its judgment the continuance of the Plan, or the tax, accounting or other effects thereof, would not be in the best interest of the Company.
(b) Upon any termination of the Plan under this Section 8.2, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan as of the date of such termination, the remaining deferred Compensation for the balance of the calendar quarter shall prospectively cease to be deferred for such calendar quarter, and the Company will pay to the Participant the balance in the Participant's
10
Account at such times and pursuant to such terms and conditions as the Board in its sole discretion shall determine.
9. MISCELLANEOUS.
9.1 Unsecured General Creditor; Unfunded Plan . A Participant and such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. Such assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of a Participant, or such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all assets of the Company shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation hereunder shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
9.2 Plan Administrator . With respect to ERISA, the Plan Administration Committee shall be the plan administrator and named fiduciary as to the Plan and the corporate secretary of WM, Inc. shall be the agent for purposes of receiving legal process.
9.3 No Right to Employment . The Plan shall not confer upon any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or otherwise deal with any person without regard to the existence of the Plan or otherwise be interpreted or construed as creating or modifying any employment or other contract between the Company and any person.
9.4 Alienation . No right, interest or benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge, execution, attachment, garnishment or legal process by the creditors of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary, and any attempt to do so shall be void.
9.5 Information . Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall provide such authorizations, elections, designations and other information as the Plan Administration Committee shall deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. All such authorizations, elections, designations and other information shall be in form approved by the Committee. The Plan Administration Committee shall not be obligated to determine the accuracy or authenticity of any information provided by any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan and any payment or other distribution of benefits based thereon shall be binding on such person, or on anyone claiming by, through or under such person, and shall completely discharge any liability under the Plan to the extent of any payment made.
9.6 Headings . Headings of sections and paragraphs of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the Plan.
9.7 Applicable Law . The Plan shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except insofar as state law has been preempted by ERISA.
9.8 Validity . In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the remainder of the Plan.
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on this 17th day of April, 2001, but to be effective as of the Effective Date.
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. | |||
|
|
By: |
/s/ DARYL D. DAVID |
Its: | Executive Vice President |
12
Exhibit 10.46
BANK UNITED CORP.
1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
S1. PURPOSE: DEFINITIONS
The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees and to provide the Company and its subsidiaries with a stock plan providing incentives more directly linked to the profitability of the Company businesses and increases in shareholder value.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:
a. "Affiliate" means a corporation or other entity controlled by the Company and designated by the Committee from time to time as such.
b. "Award" means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, Restricted Stock or Performance Units.
c. "Award Cycle" shall mean a period of consecutive fiscal years or portions thereof designated by the Committee over which Performance Units are to be earned.
d. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
e. "Cause" means (1) conviction of a Participant for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (2) dishonesty in the course of fulfilling a Participant's employment duties or (3) willful and deliberate failure on the part of a Participant to perform his employment duties in any material respect, or such other events as shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether "Cause" exists, and its determination shall be final.
f. "Change in Control" and "Change in Control Price" have the meanings set forth in Sections 10(b) and (c), respectively.
g. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
h. "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
i. "Committee" means the Committee referred to in Section 2.
j "Common Stock" means Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.
k. "Company" means Bank United Corp., a Delaware corporation.
m. "Disability" means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan.
n. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
o. "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
p. "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or on NASDAQ. If there is no regular public trading market for such
1
common stock, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
r. "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who qualifies as a Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission.
s. "NonQualified Stock Option" means any stock option that is not an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of section 422 of the Code.
t. "Participant" means an officer, employee or consultant of the Company who is eligible to participate under Section 4 and who has been granted an Award by the Committee.
u. "Performance Goals" means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units.
v. "Performance Units" means an award made pursuant to Section 8.
w. "Plan" means the Bank United Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.
x. "Restricted Stock" means an award granted under Section 7.
y. "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.
dd. "Stock Appreciation" means a right granted under Section 6.
ee. "Stock Option" means an option granted under Section 5 which can only be a NonQualified Stock Option.
ff. "Termination of Employment" means the termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and any subsidiary or Affiliate. A Participant employed by a subsidiary or an Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment.
In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used.
S2. ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the "Committee"), which shall be composed of not less than two Non-Employee Directors, each of whom shall be an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m)(4) of the Code, and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board.
The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates.
Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan:
(a) To select the officers, employees and consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;
2
(b) To determine whether and to what extent Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Performance Units or any combination thereof are to be granted hereunder;
(c) To determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(d) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the option price (subject to Section 5(a)), any vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may be related to the performance of the Participant, the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate) and any vesting acceleration or forfeiture waiver regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;
(e) To modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time;
(f) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and
(g) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or Common Stock under sections 5(j), 6(b)(ii) and 8(b)(v).
The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan
The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then in office, except that the members thereof may (i) delegate to an officer of the Company the authority to make decisions pursuant to paragraphs (c), (f), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 5 provided that no such delegated authority may be exercised by an officer if such exercise of delegated authority would cause Awards or other transactions under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act) and (ii) authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.
Any determination made by the Committee or pursuant to delegated authority pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee or such delegatee at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or any appropriately delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan Participants.
Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.
S3. COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be 900,000 (the "Available Amount"). No Participant may be granted Awards covering in excess of 50% of the shares of Common Stock covered by Awards granted in any fiscal year, and no Participant may be granted Awards covering a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of 25% of the Available Amount over the life of the Plan. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares.
3
If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, or if any Stock Option (and related Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates without being exercised, or if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for cash, shares subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan.
In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number, kind and option price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted option price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.
S4. ELIGIBILITY
Officers, employees and consultants of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates and who are not a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. No grant shall be made under this Plan to a director who is not an officer, salaried employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates.
S5. STOCK OPTIONS
Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights) may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve and shall be subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3. Stock Options shall be evidenced by option agreements, the terms and provisions of which may differ. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee by resolution selects an individual to be a Participant in any grant of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such individual and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. The Company shall notify a Participant of any grant of a Stock Option, and a written option agreement or agreements shall be duly executed and delivered by the Company to the Participant. Such agreement or agreements shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Participant.
Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem desirable:
(a) Option Price. The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the option agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option on the date of grant.
(b) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee.
(c) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments,
4
the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option.
(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option to be purchased.
Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Committee, payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Common Stock already owned by the optionee of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised).
In the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares subject to a Stock Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the purchase price and any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.
No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made. An optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 13(a).
(e) Nontransferability of Stock Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (ii) unless otherwise specified in the applicable option agreement, pursuant to (x) a gift to such optionee's children and immediate family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise or (y) a domestic relations order or qualified domestic relations order as such terms are defined by the Code or ERISA. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the optionee, the guardian or legal representative of the optionee, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence, it being understood that the term "holder" and "optionee" include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee.
(f) Termination by Death. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(g) Termination by Reason of Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Disability, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the
5
expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(h) Termination by Reason of Retirement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine; for a period of five years (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(i) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee: (A) if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Stock Options held by such optionee shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability or retirement or for Cause, any Stock Option held by such optionee, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or the balance of such Stock Option's term; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(j) Cashing Out of Stock Option. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of Common Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the optionee an amount, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock over the option price times the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out.
(k) Change in Control Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise Period"), unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant, an optionee shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the exercise price for the shares of Common Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share of Common Stock under the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the right granted under this Section 5(k) shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 5(k) would make a Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting under APB No. 16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder.
6
S6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
(a) Grant and Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan, and such rights may be granted either at or after the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option.
A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee in accordance with Section 6(b) by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise and surrender, the optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in Section 6(b). Stock Options which have been so surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.
(b) Terms and Conditions. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following:
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section 6.
(ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Common Stock or both, in value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.
(iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to permitted transferees of the underlying Stock Option in accordance with Section 5(e).
(iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Section 3 on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan, but only to the extent of the number of shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right at the time of exercise based on the value of the Stock Appreciation Right at such time.
S7. RESTRICTED STOCK
(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the officers, employees and consultants to whom and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any Participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3), the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 7(c).
(b) Awards and Certificates. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:
"The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Bank United Corp. 1999
7
Stock Incentive Plan and a related Restricted Stock Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of Bank United Corp., 3200 Southwest Freeway, Suite 2600, Houston, Texas 77027."
The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed, in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.
(c) Terms and Conditions. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. The Committee may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions.
(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such Participant's continued service is required (the "Restriction Period"), and until the later of (i) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (ii) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock.
(iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i) and 7(c)(ii) and the Restricted Stock Agreement, a Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Committee in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to Section 13(e) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to satisfying Performance Goals applicable only to dividends, and (B) dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends.
(iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and Sections 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) and 10(a)(ii), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant.
(v) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(ii), in the event that a Participant retires or such Participant's employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause), the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions with respect to any or all of such Participant's shares of Restricted Stock.0
8
(vi) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.
(vii) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement.
S8. PERFORMANCE UNITS
(a) Administration. Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the officers, employees and consultants to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units shall be awarded, the number of Performance Units to be awarded to any Participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3), the duration of the Award Cycle and any other terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those contained in Section 8(b).
(b) Terms and Conditions. Performance Units Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the grant, condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. The Committee may also condition the settlement thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The provisions of such Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Performance Units Agreement referred to in Section 8(b)(vi), Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Award Cycle.
(ii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Unit Agreement and Sections 8(b)(iii) and 10(a)(iii), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Award Cycle or before any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all rights to receive cash or Common Stock in settlement of the Performance Units shall be forfeited by a Participant.
(iii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(iii), in the event that a Participant's employment is terminated (other than for Cause), or in the event a Participant retires, the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment limitations with respect to any or all of such Participant's Performance Units.
(iv) A Participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares of Common Stock in settlement of Performance Units for a specified period or until a specified event, subject in each case to the Committee's approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee (the "Elective Deferral Period"). Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must generally be made prior to commencement of the Award Cycle for the Performance Units in question.
(v) At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Committee shall evaluate the Company's performance in light of any Performance Goals for such Award, and shall determine the number of Performance Units granted to the Participant which have been earned, and the Committee shall then cause to be delivered (A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Units determined by the Committee to have been earned, or (B) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, as the Committee shall elect (subject to any deferral pursuant to Section 8(b)(iv)).
9
(vi) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a Performance Unit Agreement.
S9. TAX OFFSET BONUSES
At the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time thereafter, the Committee may grant to the Participant receiving such Award the right to receive a cash payment in an amount specified by the Committee, to be paid at such time or times (if ever) as the Award results in compensation income to the Participant, for the purpose of assisting the Participant to pay the resulting taxes, all as determined by the Committee and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.
S10. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:
(i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant.
(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant.
(iii) All Performance Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Performance Units shall be settled in cash as promptly as is practicable.
(b) Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) Any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) Any acquisition by the Company, (3) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (4) Any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 10(b); or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 10(b), that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or
10
threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate Transaction") or, if consummation of such Corporate Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority at the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(c) Change in Control Price. For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control Price" means the higher of (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in Control or (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or a Corporate Transaction, the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board.
S11. TERM, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Plan will terminate 10 years after the effective date of the Plan. Under the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.
The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an optionee under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award or Performance Unit Award
11
theretofore granted without the optionee's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as other developments.
S12. UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.
S13. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(1) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock;
(2) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and
(3) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.
(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.
(c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.
(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of a Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part
12
of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.
(e) Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).
(f) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the Participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the Participant, after the Participant's death, may be exercised.
(g) In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the subsidiary will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
(h) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
S14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is approved by the Board.
13
Exhibit 10.47
BANK UNITED CORP.
2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
S1. PURPOSE: DEFINITIONS
The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees and to provide the Company and its subsidiaries with a stock plan providing incentives more directly linked to the profitability of the Company businesses and increases in shareholder value.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:
(a) "Affiliate" means a corporation or other entity controlled by the Company and designated by the Committee from time to time as such.
(b) "Award" means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, Restricted Stock or Performance Units.
(c) "Award Cycle" shall mean a period of consecutive fiscal years or portions thereof designated by the Committee over which Performance Units are to be earned.
(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) "Cause" means (1) conviction of a Participant for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (2) dishonesty in the course of fulfilling a Participant's employment duties or (3) willful and deliberate failure on the part of a Participant to perform his employment duties in any material respect, or such other events as shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether "Cause" exists, and its determination shall be final.
(f) "Change in Control" and "Change in Control Price" have the meanings set forth in Sections 10(b) and (c), respectively.
(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
(h) "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
(i) "Committee" means the Committee referred to in Section 2.
(j) "Common Stock" means Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.
(k) "Company" means Bank United Corp., a Delaware corporation.
(l) "Disability" means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan.
(m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
(n) "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(o) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or on NASDAQ. If there is no regular public trading market for such common stock, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
(p) "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who qualifies as a Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission.
(q) "NonQualified Stock Option" means any stock option that is not an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of section 422 of the Code.
(r) "Participant" means an officer, employee or consultant of the Company who is eligible to participate under Section 4 and who has been granted an Award by the Committee.
(s) "Performance Goals" means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units.
(t) "Performance Units" means an award made pursuant to Section 8.
(u) "Plan" means the Bank United Corp. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.
(v) "Restricted Stock" means an award granted under Section 7.
(w) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.
(x) "Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted under Section 6.
(y) "Stock Option" means an option granted under Section 5 which can only be a NonQualified Stock Option.
(z) "Termination of Employment" means the termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and any subsidiary or Affiliate. A Participant employed by a subsidiary or an Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment.
In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used.
S2. ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the "Committee"), which shall be composed of not less than two Non-Employee Directors, each of whom shall be an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m)(4) of the Code, and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board.
The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates.
Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan:
(a) To select the officers, employees and consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;
(b) To determine whether and to what extent Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Performance Units or any combination thereof are to be granted hereunder;
(c) To determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
2
(d) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the option price (subject to Section 5(a)), any vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may be related to the performance of the Participant, the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate) and any vesting acceleration or forfeiture waiver regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;
(e) To modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time;
(f) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and
(g) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or Common Stock under sections 5(j), 6(b)(ii) and 8(b)(v).
The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then in office, except that the members thereof may (i) delegate to an officer of the Company the authority to make decisions pursuant to paragraphs (c), (f), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 5 (provided that no such delegated authority may be exercised by an officer if such exercise of delegated authority would cause Awards or other transactions under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act) and (ii) authorize any one or more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.
Any determination made by the Committee or pursuant to delegated authority pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee or such delegatee at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or any appropriately delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan Participants.
Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.
S3. COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be 500,000 (the "Available Amount"). No Participant may be granted Awards covering in excess of 50% of the shares of Common Stock covered by Awards granted in any fiscal year, and no Participant may be granted Awards covering a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of 25% of the Available Amount over the life of the Plan. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares.
If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, or if any Stock Option (and related Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates without being exercised, or if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for cash, shares subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan.
3
In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number, kind and option price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted option price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.
S4. ELIGIBILITY
Officers, employees and consultants of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates and who are not a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. No grant shall be made under this Plan to a director who is not an officer, salaried employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates.
S5. STOCK OPTIONS
Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights) may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve and shall be subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3.
Stock Options shall be evidenced by option agreements, the terms and provisions of which may differ. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee by resolution selects an individual to be a Participant in any grant of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such individual and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. The Company shall notify a Participant of any grant of a Stock Option, and a written option agreement or agreements shall be duly executed and delivered by the Company to the Participant. Such agreement or agreements shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Participant.
Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem desirable:
(a) Option Price. The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the option agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option on the date of grant.
(b) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee.
(c) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option.
4
(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option to be purchased.
Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Committee, payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Common Stock already owned by the optionee of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised).
In the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares subject to a Stock Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the purchase price and any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.
No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made. An optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 13(a).
(e) Nontransferability of Stock Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (ii) unless otherwise specified in the applicable option agreement, pursuant to (x) a gift to such optionee's children and immediate family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise or (y) a domestic relations order or qualified domestic relations order as such terms are defined by the Code or ERISA. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the optionee, the guardian or legal representative of the optionee, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence, it being understood that the term "holder" and "optionee" include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee.
(f) Termination by Death. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(g) Termination by Reason of Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Disability, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
5
(h) Termination by Reason of Retirement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine; for a period of five years (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(i) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee: (A) if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Stock Options held by such optionee shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability or retirement or for Cause, any Stock Option held by such optionee, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or the balance of such Stock Option's term; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(j) Cashing Out of Stock Option. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of Common Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the optionee an amount, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock over the option price times the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out.
(k) Change in Control Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise Period"), unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant, an optionee shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the exercise price for the shares of Common Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share of Common Stock under the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the right granted under this Section 5(k) shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 5(k) would make a Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting under APB No. 16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder.
S6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
(a) Grant and Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan, and such rights may be granted either at or after
6
the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option.
A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee in accordance with Section 6(b) by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise and surrender, the optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in Section 6(b). Stock Options which have been so surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.
(b) Terms and Conditions. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following:
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section 6.
(ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Common Stock or both, in value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.
(iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to permitted transferees of the underlying Stock Option in accordance with Section 5(e).
(iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Section 3 on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan, but only to the extent of the number of shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right at the time of exercise based on the value of the Stock Appreciation Right at such time.
S7. RESTRICTED STOCK
(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the officers, employees and consultants to whom and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any Participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3), the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 7(c).
(b) Awards and Certificates. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:
"The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Bank United Corp. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and a related Restricted Stock Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of Bank United Corp., 3200 Southwest Freeway, Suite 2600, Houston, Texas 77027."
7
The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed, in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.
(c) Terms and Conditions. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. The Committee may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions.
(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such Participant's continued service is required (the "Restriction Period"), and until the later of(i) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (ii) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock.
(iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i) and 7(c)(ii) and the Restricted Stock Agreement, a Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Committee in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to Section 13(e) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to satisfying Performance Goals applicable only to dividends, and (B) dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends.
(iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and Sections 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) and 10(a)(ii), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant.
(v) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(ii), in the event that a Participant retires or such Participant's employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause), the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions with respect to any or all of such Participant's shares of Restricted Stock.
(vi) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.
8
(vii) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement.
S8. PERFORMANCE UNITS
(a) Administration. Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the officers, employees and consultants to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units shall be awarded, the number of Performance Units to be awarded to any Participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual Participants set forth in Section 3), the duration of the Award Cycle and any other terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those contained in Section 8(b).
(b) Terms and Conditions. Performance Units Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the grant, condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. The Committee may also condition the settlement thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The provisions of such Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Performance Units Agreement referred to in Section 8(b)(vi), Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Award Cycle.
(ii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Unit Agreement and Sections 8(b)(iii) and 10(a)(iii), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Award Cycle or before any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all rights to receive cash or Common Stock in settlement of the Performance Units shall be forfeited by a Participant.
(iii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(iii), in the event that a Participant's employment is terminated (other than for Cause), or in the event a Participant retires, the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment limitations with respect to any or all of such Participant's Performance Units.
(iv) A Participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares of Common Stock in settlement of Performance Units for a specified period or until a specified event, subject in each case to the Committee's approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee (the "Elective Deferral Period"). Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must generally be made prior to commencement of the Award Cycle for the Performance Units in question.
(v) At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Committee shall evaluate the Company's performance in light of any Performance Goals for such Award, and shall determine the number of Performance Units granted to the Participant which have been earned, and the Committee shall then cause to be delivered (A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Units determined by the Committee to have been earned, or (B) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, as the Committee shall elect (subject to any deferral pursuant to Section 8(b)(iv)).
(vi) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a Performance Unit Agreement.
9
At the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time thereafter, the Committee may grant to the Participant receiving such Award the right to receive a cash payment in an amount specified by the Committee, to be paid at such time or times (if ever) as the Award results in compensation income to the Participant, for the purpose of assisting the Participant to pay the resulting taxes, all as determined by the Committee and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.
S10. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:
(i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant.
(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant.
(iii) All Performance Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Performance Units shall be settled in cash as promptly as is practicable.
(b) Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) Any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) Any acquisition by the Company, (3) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (4) Any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 10(b); or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 10(b), that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
10
consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate Transaction") or, if consummation of such Corporate Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority at the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(c) Change in Control Price. For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control Price" means the higher of (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in Control or (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or a Corporate Transaction, the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board.
S11. TERM, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Plan will terminate 10 years after the effective date of the Plan. Under the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.
The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an optionee under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award or Performance Unit Award theretofore granted without the optionee's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
11
The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as other developments.
S12. UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.
S13. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(i) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock;
(ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and
(iii) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.
(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.
(c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.
(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of a Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it
12
deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.
(e) Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).
(f) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the Participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the Participant, after the Participant's death, may be exercised.
(g) In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the subsidiary will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
(h) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
S14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is approved by the Board.
13
EXHIBIT 12(a)
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
||||||||||||
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) : | ||||||||||||||||
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary item | $ | 4,311 | $ | 2,984 | $ | 2,884 | $ | 2,369 | $ | 1,538 | ||||||
Fixed charges | 8,285 | 9,538 | 7,674 | 6,990 | 6,349 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 12,596 | $ | 12,522 | $ | 10,558 | $ | 9,359 | $ | 7,887 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges (1) : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense | $ | 8,189 | $ | 9,472 | $ | 7,610 | $ | 6,929 | $ | 6,287 | ||||||
Estimated interest component of net rental expense | 96 | 66 | 64 | 61 | 62 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 8,285 | $ | 9,538 | $ | 7,674 | $ | 6,990 | $ | 6,349 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2) |
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
1.31 |
|
|
1.38 |
|
|
1.34 |
|
|
1.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary item | $ | 4,311 | $ | 2,984 | $ | 2,884 | $ | 2,369 | $ | 1,538 | ||||||
Fixed charges | 5,191 | 6,248 | 4,504 | 3,402 | 2,703 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 9,502 | $ | 9,232 | $ | 7,388 | $ | 5,771 | $ | 4,241 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense | $ | 8,189 | $ | 9,472 | $ | 7,610 | $ | 6,929 | $ | 6,287 | ||||||
Less interest on deposits | 3,094 | 3,290 | 3,170 | 3,588 | 3,646 | |||||||||||
Estimated interest component of net rental expense | 96 | 66 | 64 | 61 | 62 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 5,191 | $ | 6,248 | $ | 4,504 | $ | 3,402 | $ | 2,703 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2) |
|
|
1.83 |
|
|
1.48 |
|
|
1.64 |
|
|
1.70 |
|
|
1.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT 12(b)
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
2001
|
2000
|
1999
|
1998
|
1997
|
||||||||||||
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) : | ||||||||||||||||
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary item | $ | 4,311 | $ | 2,984 | $ | 2,884 | $ | 2,369 | $ | 1,538 | ||||||
Fixed charges | 8,285 | 9,538 | 7,674 | 6,990 | 6,349 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 12,596 | $ | 12,522 | $ | 10,558 | $ | 9,359 | $ | 7,887 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Preferred dividend requirement |
|
$ |
7 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
20 |
|
$ |
55 |
|
Ratio of income before income tax expense to net income | 1.58 | 1.57 | 1.59 | 1.59 | 1.74 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Preferred dividends (2) | $ | 11 | $ | | $ | | $ | 32 | $ | 96 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges (1) : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense | $ | 8,189 | $ | 9,472 | $ | 7,610 | $ | 6,929 | $ | 6,287 | ||||||
Estimated interest component of net rental expense | 96 | 66 | 64 | 61 | 62 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
8,285 | 9,538 | 7,674 | 6,990 | 6,349 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges and preferred dividends | $ | 8,296 | $ | 9,538 | $ | 7,674 | $ | 7,022 | $ | 6,445 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3) |
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
1.31 |
|
|
1.38 |
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
1.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary item | $ | 4,311 | $ | 2,984 | $ | 2,884 | $ | 2,369 | $ | 1,538 | ||||||
Fixed charges | 5,191 | 6,248 | 4,504 | 3,402 | 2,703 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
$ | 9,502 | $ | 9,232 | $ | 7,388 | $ | 5,771 | $ | 4,241 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Preferred dividends (2) |
|
$ |
11 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense | $ | 8,189 | $ | 9,472 | $ | 7,610 | $ | 6,929 | $ | 6,287 | ||||||
Less interest on deposits | 3,094 | 3,290 | 3,170 | 3,588 | 3,646 | |||||||||||
Estimated interest component of net rental expense | 96 | 66 | 64 | 61 | 62 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
5,191 | 6,248 | 4,504 | 3,402 | 2,703 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Fixed charges and preferred dividends | $ | 5,202 | $ | 6,248 | $ | 4,504 | $ | 3,434 | $ | 2,799 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3) |
|
|
1.83 |
|
|
1.48 |
|
|
1.64 |
|
|
1.68 |
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 21
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
SUBSIDIARY LISTING
WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK
Chartered under the laws of the State of Washington
DBA: |
Washington Mutual Bank
WM Business Bank Western Bank |
NEW AMERICAN CAPITAL, INC., a Delaware corporation
DBA: |
Washington Mutual Bank, FA
The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB North American Mortgage Company HomeSide Lending |
Federally chartered under the laws of the United States.
Exhibit 23
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendments No. 1 on Form S-8 to Registration Statement Nos. 333-23221, 333-52785, 333-81221, 333-47308, and 333-68524 on Form S-4 of Washington Mutual, Inc.; Registration Statement Nos. 33-86840, 333-40928, 333-69503, 333-87675, and 333-74646 on Form S-8 of Washington Mutual, Inc.; and Registration Statement Nos. 333-72662, 333-67988, and 333-63976 on Form S-3 of Washington Mutual, Inc. of our report dated Februay 19, 2002 (March 1, 2002 as to Note 2), (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, on January 1, 2001) appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2001.
Seattle,
Washington
March 18, 2002